Hattersley Technical Product Guide
User Manual: Hattersley Technical Product Guide
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 228
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
IS SUE 2 WATER HEATING VENTILATION Distributor details AIR CON GAS FUTURE VALVE TE CHNOLOGY TEC HN IC AL PROD UC T GU IDE Techn ical P roduct G uide Balancing Valves New Now includes Hook-Up II Traditional Valves Public Health Range PO BOX 719, IPSWICH IP1 9DU HOME SALES: +44 (0)1744 458670 EXPORT SALES: +44 (0)1744 458671 TECHNICAL HELPLINE: 0845 604 1790 FAX: +44 (0)1744 26912 EMAIL: uksales@hattersley.com EMAIL: export@hattersley.com EMAIL: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com Visit www.flowoffluids.com to order your copy of the New Technical Paper 410. • Designed and manufactured under quality management systems in accordance with BS EN 9001:2008. • For full terms and conditions, please visit our website. • We hope our communications have an impact on you - but not the environment - we have taken steps to ensure this brochure is printed on Forestry Stewardship Council material and the paper is made by an elemental chlorine free process. www.cranebsu.com IVMMXI Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. ISSU E 2 www.hattersley.com www.flowoffluids.com FM311 ISO 9001 INTRODUCTION FIGURE NUMBER INDEX About Hattersley Fig. No. Index Fig. Number The origins of Hattersley date to 1897, when 20 year-old Richard Hattersley started a small tool-making business in Halifax. In the early 1900s he relocated to Ormskirk, and in 1910 he joined with three other engineering companies, including Newman Hender & Co. of Woodchester, to form United Brassfounders & Engineers. By 1937 Hattersley & Newman Hender both enjoyed worldwide sales, with Hattersley exporting to some 73 countries. During the second world war, both companies entered war production, making fuses for armaments, brass rods for munitions factories and, of course, special valves for military purposes. In 2004, Crane Limited purchased the Hattersley valve brand and business from Hattersley Newman Hender Limited, a subsidiary of Tomkins plc. 2 Page Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page C4 .....................................148 200R .................................159 M653.................................120 5........................................149 200T..................................160 669....................................130 M1541...............................138 Rigid quality control and inspection at all stages of manufacture ensure that Hattersley products are suitable for their intended application and will give reliable service. Every valve is individually tested in accordance with the relevant product standard. 5N .....................................150 201M.................................158 731....................................154 M1552...............................136 5NLS.................................150 201R .................................159 M733DR.........................34-35 DP1732...............................56 13......................................151 201T..................................160 M737..............................36-37 DP1732L .............................56 Hattersley is an approved manufacturer under various quality schemes, including the British Standard Institution (BSI) Kitemark, and is ISO9001:2008 accredited. In addition, the company has been approved and/or listed by third party organisations including the United Kingdom Water Regulations Advisory Scheme. Quality Assurance Future Today, the Hattersley brand is synonymous with quality, reliability and service to the very highest standards, and has industry experience in many market sectors including heating and ventilation, chemicals, textiles, drugs, waste treatment and power generation. Hattersley can supply a skilfully engineered solution for every application. Flagship products include a full range of commissioning valves suitable for constant and variable flow systems. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 1432LC ...............................26 17......................................153 201TG...............................160 750......................................23 DP1732M............................56 23......................................152 221T..................................160 775......................................76 1732....................................27 28......................................131 249.............................114/189 761.............................115/190 1732C .................................27 30......................................125 249C ..........................114/189 807....................................177 1732L..................................27 30C ...................................126 C262 ...................................66 810....................................180 1732LC ...............................27 30CLS...............................127 H262 ...................................66 811....................................181 1732M.................................27 30LS .................................125 C264 ...................................67 817....................................176 1732MC ..............................27 C31 ...................................128 H264 ...................................67 850.............................121-122 1807.............................89/178 33......................................129 C266 ...................................62 907....................................177 1807C ..........................90/179 33X....................................124 H266 ...................................62 910....................................180 1832....................................28 33XLS ...............................124 C267 ...................................64 911....................................181 1832L..................................28 35......................................132 H267 ...................................64 950......................................92 1832M.................................28 42......................................110 C268 ...................................63 C950 ...................................93 1900..................................184 47......................................111 H268 ...................................63 950W ..................................95 M2000............................30-31 48......................................112 C269 ...................................65 950G ...................................92 2050....................................20 49......................................113 H269 ...................................65 950WG................................95 2761...........................115/190 70/RT ................................173 C270 ...................................71 951......................................97 M3000.................................32 75/RS................................173 F300....................................54 951G ...................................97 3047..................................117 77......................................185 R300 ...................................54 953......................................38 3150..................................167 78......................................186 305......................................71 953G ...................................38 3180..................................171 81HU.................................145 370....................................144 970......................................94 3250..................................168 100......................................78 371....................................144 970G ...................................94 3280..................................172 100TH .................................79 401M.................................161 970W ..................................96 3300LS .............................169 100C ...................................80 430....................................187 971......................................98 3400LS .............................170 100CEXT.............................80 440....................................188 971G ...................................98 M4000.................................33 100CLS...............................81 501....................................141 973......................................39 4970..................................100 100CTH ..............................81 504....................................142 973G ...................................39 4970G ...............................100 100CYL ...............................83 M511.................................137 980......................................99 4983G .................................40 4990..................................101 100EXT ...............................78 M540.................................140 1000....................................24 100LS .................................79 M541.................................138 1000L..................................25 4990G........................102-107 100MHU .............................87 M544.................................139 1000M.................................25 4993G............................43-46 100YL..................................82 M544E ..............................139 1013..................................116 5953....................................41 107MHU .............................88 M549.................................135 1050....................................18 5953G .................................41 108C ............................84/191 M552.................................136 1051....................................19 5973....................................42 110......................................85 M552E ..............................136 1052....................................18 5973G .................................42 113......................................86 609....................................133 1053....................................19 MultiComm....................69-70 170M.................................157 C618 .................................134 1200DR...............................29 ProComm ......................73-74 171M.................................157 631......................................22 1432....................................26 200L..................................160 M650.................................118 1432C .................................26 200M.................................158 M651.................................119 1432L..................................26 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 227 CONTENTS Contents Introduction About Hattersley Introduction to Sister Brands Valve Selection Guide Public Health Range 2 4-5 8-10 Balancing Valves Introduction 183 Thermal Balancing Valves 184 Thermostatic Mixing Valves 185 Pressure Reducing Valves 187 Check Valves 189 Non-Return Valves 190 Ball Valves 191 Balancing – Automatic 11 Balancing – Static 21 Differential Pressure Control Valves 51 NABIC Hook-Up II 57 NABIC Safety & Control Valves MultiComm 69 195 Pressure Independent Control Valves 71 ProComm 73 Brownall Brownall Plant Room Valves 207 Traditional Valves Air Vents/De-Aerators 75 Ball Valves 77 Butterfly Valves 91 Miscellaneous Flange Tables 213 Typical Kv Values 223 Quality Assurance 226 Check Valves 109 Gate Valves 123 Gland Cocks/Drain Taps 143 Globe Valves 147 Lubricated Plug Valves 155 Radiator Valves 165 Figure Number Index Strainers 175 Fig. No. Index Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 227 3 SISTER BRANDS Sister Brands www.baa.com/photolibrary Today, Hattersley is a leading brand of Crane Building Services & Utilities, and is joined by an array of complementary building services brands which include NABIC, Brownall, Wade, Rhodes and IAT. Heathrow Terminal 5 is equipped with a range of Hattersley products. One of the UK's leading suppliers of gunmetal safety valves, NABIC has long been recognised as the industry standard for commercial and industrial hot water applications. With the introduction of new products, this leadership has been extended to cover other building service fluids such as steam and air. The Brownall range of automatic air eliminators cover low, medium and high pressure applications and are suitable for use with water, aviation fuel, diesel and light oils. The range is completed by three-way vent valves, offering efficient performance and reliable service combined with potential savings in time and cost by simplifying the venting system for single/multiboiler or calorifier installations. 4 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com SISTER BRANDS An extensive range of low and medium pressure brass compression fittings, valves and accessories. The range also covers SISTEM-P and compact push in fittings, nickel plated BSP fittings, quick release couplings, air guns, recoil hoses and tubing. Rhodes is a market leader in the design and manufacture of sight flow indicator equipment, having produced indicators since 1951. Rhodes sight flow indicators can be found in process, petrochemical and pharmaceutical plants all over the world. TM The importance of safe and reliable potable water systems has never been greater, and a range of I.A.T. products complements the existing Hattersley range. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 5 6 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com Project: Henrietta House, London Client: CB Richard Ellis of London Contractor: Silverline Engineering Distributor: T G Lynes Specification: Range of Hattersley isolation valves A range of isolating valves has been specified for installation within the fancoils of Henrietta House, a prestigious office development in London’s West End. The building is undergoing refurbishment before CB Richard Ellis of London relocates its headquarters to the office in May 2011. The building is 7 floors tall and will provide 9000m² of luxurious office space. The Hattersley valves, including the newly designed Fig. 100 ball valve range, will control the heating and cooling of each floor. Hattersley was selected because its valves are light, compact and easy to install and operate. For Silverline Engineering, the fact that design features include improved leak protection, and resistance to damage onsite, will ensure a long and maintenance-free life expectancy. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 7 VALVE SELECTION GUIDE Valve Selection Guide Application Isolation Check Double Check Size Range LTHW Max 100°C MTHW Max 110°C CHW 15mm - 50mm 100 100 100EXT 65mm - 300mm 950 or 4970 950 or 4970 950 or 4970 HTHW Above 120°C(1) 4990-PN25(6) 15mm - 50mm 47 47 47 4872 65mm - 300mm 850 850 850 M650-PN25 15mm - 50mm 1432/1432L 1432/1432L 1432/1432L 1200DR-PN40 65mm - 300mm 973G 973G 973G 4993-PN25(6) 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm Regulating(3) Flow (3) Measurement Commissioning(3) Motorflow (3) (Control) Automatic Flow Balancing Strainers Fan Coils(3) Drains Thermostatic Mixing Valves M733DR M733DR M733DR 1000(3) 1000(3) 1000(3) M4000-PN40 65mm - 300mm M2000-PN16 M2000-PN16 M2000-PN16 M3000-PN40 15mm - 50mm 1732(3) 1732(3) 1732(3) 5200-PN40 65mm - 300mm 5973G 5973G 5973G M3000/4993(6) 65mm - 300mm M737 M737 M737 15mm - 20mm 1832(3) 1832(3) 1832(3) 15mm - 50mm 1051 1051 1051 65mm - 300mm 2050 2050 2050 15mm - 50mm 817 817 817 808-PN25 65mm - 300mm 810-PN16 810-PN16 810-PN16 810-PN16 15mm Conventional Conventional 25mm 266(2) 266(2) Plant 81HU 81HU 81HU General 371 371 371 20mm 15mm - 20mm Combined Vent & Drain 25mm - 50mm 110 110 65mm - 150mm 201T-PN16 201T Radiator Valves Lockshield Thermostatic Radiator Valves (1) (2) (3) (4) (4A) (5) (6) (7) 8 M733DR 15mm - 50mm Wheel Standard Remote Angle Pattern 3150 Straight Pattern 3300LS Angle Pattern 3180 3250 3400LS Straight Pattern 3075/2RS 3280 3275/RS HTHW - Pressure/temp refer to catalogue on individual products See page 8 Low/Med/Standard flows available (see catalogue) Fig 249C 15mm - 28mm size range Fig 249 32mm - 50mm size range 549-PN6 available For temp up to 125°C - 65mm+ (Isol 976) (Reg 979) (CS 5979) Available with isolating valves - Fig. 78. De-Aerators - Fig. 770 (20mm-50mm) Fig. 771 (50-150mm) Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com VALVE SELECTION GUIDE Application Size Range Isolation 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 950W 15mm - 50mm 47 Check Double Check Regulating(3) Flow Measurement(3) Commissioning(3) 113 950W (to 80mm) M541-PN16 47 1013 47 5870 65mm - 300mm 2761-PN16 15mm - 50mm 953W 15mm - 50mm 1000(3) 65mm - 300mm M2000 15mm - 50mm 1732(3) 65mm - 300mm 5953W 15mm - 50mm M651-PN16 Gas (Isolation) Main incoming 951W gas to building 65 - 300mm 971YL (FL Butterfly) Inside building 15-50mm 100YL (Ball) 1432/1432L 65mm - 300mm 65-200mm 201M-PN16 (Plug) 1051 15mm - 50mm 807 65mm - 300mm 810 810 15mm 20mm 25mm Plant/Rm 81HU General 371 77 25mm - 50mm 110 Radiator Valves Lockshield 113 (7) 15mm - 20mm 65mm - 150mm (1) (2) (3) (4) (4A) (5) (6) (7) 30 249C(4) Combined Vent & Drain Thermostatic Radiator Valves 13 17-PN16 5870 65mm - 300mm Thermostatic Mixing Valves Air 249(4A) Automatic Flow Balancing Drains Condensate 15mm - 28mm 15mm - 20mm Fan Coils(3) Hot & Cold Steam (Sat) Water Services to 10 bar 65mm - 300mm Motorflow (Control)(3) Strainers Mains Cold Water Wheel Standard Remote HTHW - Pressure/temp refer to catalogue on individual products See page 8 Low/Med/Standard flows available (see catalogue) Fig 249C 15mm - 28mm size range Fig 249 32mm - 50mm size range 549-PN6 available For temp up to 125°C - 65mm+ (Isol 976) (Reg 979) (CS 5979) Available with isolating valves - Fig. 78. De-Aerators - Fig. 770 (20mm-50mm) Fig. 771 (50-150mm) Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 9 VALVE SELECTION GUIDE Valve Selection Guide Application Isolation Check Regulating Flow Measurement Commissioning Size Range LTHW MTHW CHW 15mm - 50mm 30 30 30 65mm - 300mm M541-PN16(5) M541-PN16(5) M541-PN16(5) 15mm - 50mm 47 47 47 65mm - 300mm 651-PN16 651-PN16 651-PN16 15mm - 50mm 1432/1432L 1432/1432L 1432/1432L 65mm - 300mm M733DR-PN16 M733DR-PN16 M733DR-PN16 15mm - 50mm 1000 1000 1000 65mm - 300mm M2000-PN16 M2000-PN16 M2000-PN16 15mm - 50mm 1732(3) 1732(3) 1732(3) 65mm - 300mm M2733-PN16 M2733-PN16 M2733-PN16 COMMISSIONING VALVE SIZING CHART COMPACT HOOK-UP Type Size at 1.0 kPa Signal at 4.7 kPa Signal Fig. No. Description 266H Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer and blow down valve for LTHW and MTHW applications. 266C Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer, blow down valve and extension stem on lever operated ball valve for chilled water applications. 267H Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV, strainer and blow down valve for LTHW and MTHW applications. 267C Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV strainer, blow down valve and extension stem on lever operated ball valve for chilled water applications. 268H Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for LTHW and MTHW applications. 268C Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for chilled water applications and extension stem on lever operated ball valve. 262H Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for LTHW and MTHW applications. 262C Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for chilled water applications and extension stem on lever operated ball valve. 1000L 1/2" 0.014 l/s 0.03 l/s 1000M 1/2" 0.028 l/s 0.06 l/s 1000 1/2" 0.054 l/s 0.117 l/s 1000 3/4" 0.116 l/s 0.251 l/s 1000 1" 0.207 l/s 0.449 l/s 1000 11/4" 0.425 l/s 0.923 l/s 1000 11/2" 0.640 l/s 1.388 l/s 1000 2" 1.325 l/s 2.875 l/s M2000 65mm 2.75 l/s 5.93 l/s M2000 80mm 3.82 l/s 8.27 l/s M2000 100mm 6.25 l/s 13.54 l/s M2000 125mm 9.48 l/s 20.52 l/s M2000 150mm 13.7 l/s 29.5 l/s M2000 200mm 23.2 l/s 50.3 l/s M2000 250mm 34.8 l/s 75.3 l/s M2000 300mm 50.5 l/s 109.4 l/s Based on medium grade pipe and water with an SG of 1. 10 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Balancing Valves - Automatic Hattersley Autoflow (automatic balancing) valves give users and specifiers a major alternative to traditional commissioning products. Autoflow offers a radical, cost-effective method of regulating hot and chilled water systems. It is available in DZR copper alloy in sizes 1/2" to 2" with threaded ends and ductile iron in sizes from 21/2" to 14" (65 to 350mm). FEATURES • Automatically maintains flow at the specified rate regardless of fluctuations in pressure • Factory selection of the appropriate cartridge provides desired flow rate • Tamperproof • Self adjusting universal DZR assembly with multi-purpose functions • Compact size • Energy efficient, preventing overflows or excess flow rates BENEFITS • Ensures constant volume irrespective of pressure fluctuations caused by pump speed or overflows from operation of remote control valve • Design changes can be easily made by selection of the appropriate cartridge, eliminating the need for recommissioning • Easy to insulate • Can be installed in any pipework configuration does not require straight lengths of pipe • Dynamic flow-limiting characteristics permit variable volume systems to function correctly • DZR Y-Pattern and universal pattern can optionally be used as strainers (Figures 1052 and 1053) Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 11 BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1050, 1051, 1052 and 1053 DZR Autoflow PORT IDENTIFICATION, THREADS AND SPECIFYING INFORMATION Port Identification and Connection Size - Figs. 1050, 1051, 1052 and 1053 Fig. 1051 shown How to Specify Hattersley Autoflow Valves Automatic balancing valves have replaceable cartridges with flow rates determined at the factory. The flow cartridges are stainless steel or nickel finish. Deep drawn metal cartridges are not acceptable. Each cartridge is coded to indicate specific flow rate duty. The flow cartridge is 17 to 200 kPa rated as standard. Rating 34 to 400 kPa available as option. 1/2 to 2" sizes are available with two body types, standard Y-Pattern and universal Y-Pattern with integral isolating ball valve and union connection. Bodies are DZR copper alloy with pressure tapping ports and are fitted with colour coded test points. Optional extended stems are available with universal type to allow for insulation. End connections are threaded as standard. 1/2 to 2" sizes have optional strainer facility in lieu of flow cartridge. Maximum pressure: Maximum temperature: • Ports 1 and 2 are threaded 1/4" BSP (Pl) and fitted with figure 631 test points • Port 1 can be supplied optionally threaded 1/2" BSP (Pl) • Port 3 is threaded 1/4 BSP (Pl) in sizes 1/2 to 3/4" and 1/2" BSP (Pl) in sizes 1 to 2" and fitted with blank plug • All other ports can be supplied threaded 1/4" BSP (Pl) to order • For all figure numbers, ports are identified with ‘Y’ part of body in same orientation • Ports 4, 5, 6 and 7 apply only to figures 1051/ 1053 • Figures 1050/1052 have ports 1, 2 and 3 only 25 bar 120°C Hattersley Autoflow Ref: 1/2 to 2" DZR Y-Pattern: to 2" DZR Universal Pattern: 65 to 350mm Ductile Iron: NES Ref: Y11.2230 1/2 Fig.1050 Fig. 1051 Fig. 2050 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 12 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow FLOW RATES Flow Rates for Valves 6" (150mm) and above Valve Size 6 8 10 12 14 1/2" Velocity (m/s) 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.25 Maximum Flow (l/s) 34 60 94 128 162 Velocity 1.79 1.79 1.76 1.70 1.82 Body Flow (l/s) 0.021 0.032 0.042 0.047 0.056 0.063 0.079 0.095 0.110 0.126 0.142 0.158 0.166 0.174 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.379 0.442 3/4" Recommended Minimum Flow (l/s) 4.7 8.5 12.6 17.7 22.7 Code T Y U Z V A AX AY AZ B BX BY BU BZ C CY D DY E F G Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 Adaptor (inch to inch) No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.10 0.16 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.31 0.39 0.47 0.54 0.62 0.70 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.93 1.09 1.24 1.40 1.55 1.86 2.17 Code T Y U Z V A AX AY AZ B BX BY BU BZ C CY D DY E F G H Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Adaptor (inch to inch) No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.39 0.43 0.45 0.47 0.52 0.60 0.69 0.78 0.86 1.03 1.21 1.38 The following tables list the flow rates attainable using the standard range of cartridges and adaptors for valves up to 100mm (4") size. Above this size a multicartridge permutation is used to obtain the desired flow rate. These tables indicate the minimum and maximum flow rates for each size from 150 to 350mm (6 to 14"). Flow rates increase in increments of approximately 0.32l/s. Body Flow (l/s) 0.021 0.032 0.042 0.047 0.056 0.063 0.079 0.095 0.110 0.126 0.142 0.158 0.166 0.174 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.379 0.442 0.505 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 13 BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow FLOW RATES 1" Body Flow (l/s) 0.042 0.047 0.064 0.079 0.095 0.110 0.126 0.158 0.169 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.379 0.442 0.505 0.568 0.631 0.694 0.758 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.010 1.073 1.136 Code U Z A AX AY AZ B BY BU C CY D DY E F G H I AO AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Adaptor (inch to inch) 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.07 0.08 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.22 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.38 0.43 0.49 0.54 0.65 0.75 0.86 0.97 1.08 1.19 1.29 1.40 1.51 1.62 1.73 1.83 1.94 Code C CY D DY E F G H I AO AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Adaptor (inch to inch) 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.31 0.37 0.43 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.68 0.74 0.81 0.87 0.93 0.99 1.05 1.12 1.18 11/4" Body Flow (l/s) 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.375 0.442 0.505 0.568 0.631 0.694 0.758 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.010 1.073 1.136 1.199 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 14 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow FLOW RATES 11/2" Body Flow (l/s) 0.442 0.505 0.568 0.631 0.694 0.758 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.010 1.073 1.136 1.199 1.263 1.389 1.515 1.641 1.768 1.894 2.020 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 Code G H I AO AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI BO BB BD BF BH CO CB CD CF CH DO DB DD Cartridge Size (inch) 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Adaptor (inch to inch) 2 to 0.75 2 to 0.75 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.32 0.37 0.41 0.46 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.92 1.01 1.10 1.19 1.28 1.37 1.46 1.56 1.65 1.74 1.83 1.92 2.01 Code AC AD AE BO BB BD BF BH CO CB CD CF CH DO DB DD DF DH EO Cartridge Size (inch) 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Adaptor (inch to inch) 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.37 0.40 0.43 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.97 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.20 1.26 1.32 1.37 1.43 2" Body Flow (l/s) 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.263 1.389 1.515 1.641 1.768 1.894 2.020 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2.904 3.030 3.157 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 15 BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow FLOW RATES 21/2" Body Flow (l/s) 1.199 1.263 1.389 1.515 1.641 1.768 1.894 2.020 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2.904 3.030 3.157 3.283 3.535 3.788 4.040 4.293 4.545 Code AI BO BB BD BF BH CO CB CD CF CH DO DB DD DF DH EO EB EF FO FD FH GB Cartridge Size (inch) 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Adaptor (inch to inch) 2.5 to 1.25 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.41 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.58 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.95 1.02 1.09 1.16 1.23 Code CD CF CH DO DB DD DF DH EO EB EF FO FD FH GB GE HO HE IO IE AOO AOE AAO AAE ABO ABE ACO ACE Cartridge Size (inch) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Adaptor (inch to inch) 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.42 0.44 0.47 0.49 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.59 0.62 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.93 0.99 1.05 1.11 1.17 1.23 1.30 1.36 1.42 1.48 1.54 1.60 1.67 3" Body ANSI Flow (l/s) 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2.904 3.030 3.157 3.283 3.535 3.788 4.040 4.293 4.545 4.735 5.050 5.366 5.682 5.997 6.313 6.629 6.944 7.260 7.576 7.891 8.207 8.523 16 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow FLOW RATES 4" Body ANSI (fittings provided for installation in PN16 rated systems) Flow (l/s) 5.366 5.682 5.997 6.313 6.629 6.944 7.260 7.576 7.891 8.207 8.523 8.838 9.154 9.470 9.785 10.101 10.416 10.732 11.048 11.363 11.679 11.995 12.310 12.626 12.942 13.257 13.573 13.889 14.204 14.520 14.836 15.151 15.467 15.783 16.098 16.414 16.729 17.045 Code HE IO IE AOO AOE AAO AAE ABO ABE ACO ACE ADO ADE AEO AEE AFO AFE AGO AGE AHO AHE AIO AIE BOO BOE BAO BAE BBO BBE BCO BCE BDO BDE BEO BEE BFO BFE GO Cartridge Size (inch) 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/2 3/2 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 Adaptor (inch to inch) No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor/3 to 2 No adaptor/3 to 2 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.81 0.84 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.98 1.02 1.06 1.09 1.13 1.16 1.20 1.24 1.27 1.31 1.35 1.38 1.42 1.46 1.49 1.53 1.56 1.60 1.64 1.67 1.71 1.75 1.78 1.82 1.86 1.89 1.93 1.96 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 17 BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC 25 BAR Fig. 1050 (Flow Control) Fig. 1052 (Strainer) DZR Y-Pattern Autoflow MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ensures constant volume irrespective of changing conditions • Energy efficient, preventing overflows or excess flow rates • Tamperproof Component Body Cover Seals Drain Plug Test Point Flow Cartridge Flow Cartridge Adaptor Strainer Element DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material DZR Copper Alloy DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Brass Fig. 631 Stainless Steel 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Brass Stainless Steel 12164 CW619N 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 21 bar at 120ºC 25 bar up to 100ºC C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 37.5 bar SPECIFICATION B Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Autoflow regulator is factory set for correct flow. A Specification BS EN ASTM 12164 CW614N Cartridge removable from body to provide access for change, inspection and cleaning without removing body from pipeline. Supplied with two figure 631 test points in port positions 1 and 2 - see page 10. Other ports can be supplied threaded, see page 10 for details. Drain valve optional. Test points can be supplied with extension pieces to clear insulation. Tagged with flow rate. Figure 1052 fitted with 20 mesh stainless steel filter in lieu of flow cartridge. 28 24 E Nom Size in A mm B mm C (Approx) mm E (BS21 Pl) Weight kg 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 101 51 56 106 51 56 141 68 60 148 68 60 177 104 65 179 104 65 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 0.52 0.55 0.98 1.1 2.2 2.4 Pressure bar 20 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 16 12 8 4 0 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 18 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC Fig. 1051 (Flow Control) Fig. 1053 (Strainer) DZR Universal Autoflow MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ensures constant volume irrespective of changing conditions • Energy efficient, preventing overflows or excess flow rates • Tamperproof Component Body Tail Pipe Union Nut Ball (hard chrome plated) Stem Stem Seals Seats Cover Drain Plug Test Point Flow Cartridge Flow Cartridge Adaptor Seals Strainer Element DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material DZR Copper Alloy DZR Copper Alloy Brass 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N Brass Brass PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene DZR Copper Alloy Brass Fig. 631 Stainless Steel 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N Brass EPDM Stainless Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING F See pressure/temperature chart C D TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 37.5 bar B SPECIFICATION A 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 28 24 / in 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 100 1.1 100 1.1 120 2.3 120 2.3 140 4.6 140 4.6 Pressure bar 253 103 65 87 16 2in 2 253 103 65 87 n 11/2 221 68 60 66 /i 11/4 1 2 1 219 68 60 66 1 3/4 160 51 56 51 12 8 4 0 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 3 4 to 1/2 157 51 56 51 o / t 1 2 20 / in A mm B mm C (Approx) mm D mm E (BS21 Pl) F mm Weight kg A276-304 Supplied with two figure 631 test points in port positions 1 and 2 - see page 10. Other ports can be supplied drilled and tapped, see page 10 for details. Drain valve optional. Extension stem for ball valve available. Test points can be supplied with extension pieces to clear insulation. Tagged with flow rate. Figure 1053 fitted with 20 mesh stainless steel filter in lieu of flow cartridge. Alternative end connections available on request. 1 4 Nom Size A276-304 12164 CW614N 1 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 1in Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Autoflow regulator factory set to automatically ensure correct flow. Cartridge removable from body to provide access for change, inspection and cleaning without removing body from pipeline. E Specification BS EN ASTM 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 19 BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC PN16 Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ensures constant volume irrespective of changing conditions • Energy efficient, preventing overflows or excess flow rates • Tamperproof Component Material BS EN Body Flow Cartridge Adaptor Test Points Flow Cartridge Seals Drain Plug Eye Bolt DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Ductile Iron Brass 1563 EN GJS 500/7 A536 60-40-18 12164 CW614N Fig. 631 Nickel Plated Brass EPDM Brass 12164 CW614N Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Supplied with lifting eye bolt to assist with installation. Autoflow regulator factory set to automatically ensure correct flow. Changes to flow specification can be accommodated by changing the relevant flow regulators. Supplied complete with two figure 631 test points and drain plug. Optional bolts and gaskets available. Suitable for PN40 pressure rating. 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar D SPECIFICATION Ductile iron body designed to fit between ANSI 150 flanges. A pair of ANSI 150 slip-on flanges will be supplied with the assembly where required for installation into BS1387 tube A 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 14 mm in 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 150 6 mm in B (Approx) mm in D mm in *Weight (max) kg 148 5.82 108 4.25 6.1 223 8.78 127 5.00 10 244 8.78 155 6 173 6.82 12 258 8.78 175 7 216 8.50 19 A 200 8 250 10 300 12 279 279 279 8.78 8.78 8.78 205 235 250 8 9 10 280 340 406 11.00 13.35 16.00 30 35 53 350 14 279 8.78 300 12 450 17.72 69 Pressure bar Nom Size Specification ASTM 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 20 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC Balancing Valves - Static connections resulting in lower installation costs. Available in medium and low flow versions, Hattersley’s static balancing valves offer positive flow control at all handwheel settings. Hattersley’s range of static balancing valves includes Double Regulating Valves and Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valves. The integral fixed orifice design offers greater accuracy, makes set-up easier and involves fewer Commissioning Set (Globe) Commissioning Set (Butterfly) Metering Station Double Regulating Valve (Globe) Double Regulating Valve (Butterfly) Isolating Valve (Gate) Isolating Valve (Butterfly) Pressure Tapped Valve (Globe) Pressure Tapped Valve (MS + IV) ONE VALVE SYSTEM (MEASUREMENT AND REGULATION AT ONE POINT) Commissioning Set Components Service Commissioning Set (CS) Fig. No. Metering Station (MS) Fig. No. Double Regulating Valve (DRV) Fig. No. End Connections Size Range Chilled Water 2432 1000 1432 Screwed - 2" Bronze/DZR LTHW, MTHW 2432C 1000 1432C Compression 15mm Bronze/DZR - 1732 + 1832 - - - - - - 1732C + 1832C - - - - - - 1732L + 1832L - - Screwed 1/2" Bronze/DZR - 1732LC + 1832LC - - Compression 15mm Bronze/DZR - 1732M + 1832M - - Screwed 1/2" Bronze/DZR - 1732MC + 1832MC - - Compression 15mm Bronze/DZR HTHW 5200 - 1200DR Flanged 15-50mm Bronze - - 4000 - - - Stainless Steel 1/2 Body Material VARIABLE ORIFICE DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES (VODRV’S) Service FODRV/ VODRV Fig. No. Isolating Valve Fig. No. End Connections Chilled Water LTHW MTHW HTHW 1732 1832 M737 1200DRZ 30 M541 1200 Screwed Flanged Flanged Size Range 1/2 - 2" 50-300mm 15-50mm Body Material DZR Cast Iron Bronze 1732 FODRV replaces Bronze VODRV Preferred Arrangement IV CS Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 21 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC Fig. 631 for Pressure and Temperature Measurement Hattersley Test Points BS 7350 When fitted to measuring devices and strainers, test points are supplied with cap retainers in red and blue for upstream and downstream port identification.This meets the requirements of BS 7350. Test points are fitted with green cap retainers. Figure 631 - 10 test points per pack Figure 633 - 5 test points per pack Hattersley figure 631 test points are WRAS Approved products and are listed in the water fittings and materials directory. Strategically placed test points allow access to live fluid systems for pressure and temperature measurements. Maximum temperature is 120°C and maximum pressure is 3450kPa. Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW. Test Probes The application of a silicone lubricant to the probe shaft prior to insertion is recommended. The single piece DZR copper alloy body houses a uniquely designed elastomeric core, providing excellent sealing performance and wear resistance. Test points are available in either standard length, figure 631, or extended length, figure 633, both threaded 1/4" BSP (Tr). The extended length test point requires special test probe available from Hattersley. Double sealing on the cap is provided by precision metal to metal jointing backed up by a resilient O-Ring, allowing convenient, positive finger tightening. 36mm 68mm Elastomer Seal For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 22 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC Fig. 750 Hattersley Valve Controlled Test Points Suitable for 40 bar pressure up to 180°C including HTHW service. FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Double isolating • Uses standard air vent key • Fitted with cap retainers in red and blue for upstream and downstream port identification. When used in pairs on measuring devices this meets the requirements of BS 7350 • Recommended by Hattersley and fitted as standard to Hattersley M3000 and 4000 metering stations • Copper alloy construction • Accepts commercially available probes • Threaded 1/4 ISO 7 (Tr) DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 50mm 30mm For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 23 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED) Fig. 1000 DZR Brass Metering Stations MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Precise and accurate measurement, conforming to BS 7350:1990 • Dezincification resistant material preventing corrosion cracking and fungal growth • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification Component Metering Station Test Point Material Specification BS EN DZR Brass Fig. 631 12165 CW602N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A Threaded Ends PN20 Series B 15 bar at 120ºC 20 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. WRAS Approved Product. Supplied fitted with two figure 631 test points Figure 1000 end connections threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Taper female with the exception of the 1/2" inlet which is parallel. Shell: 30 bar 20 Threaded Ends DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm in 1/2 15 3/4 22 28 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 A (threaded) B Weight mm mm kg 57 55 0.29 58 61 0.30 66 65 0.40 72 71 0.50 72 73 0.54 82 79 0.77 Pressure bar 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 24 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED) Fig. 1000L, 1000M DZR Brass Low & Medium Flow Metering Stations FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Precise and accurate measurement, conforming to BS 7350:1990 • Dezincification resistant material preventing corrosion cracking and fungal growth • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Metering Station Test Point Specification BS EN DZR Brass Fig. 631 12165 CW602N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Threaded Ends PN20 Series B 15 bar at 120ºC 20 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Material SPECIFICATION Generally in accordance with BS 7350:1990. WRAS Approved Product. Supplied fitted with two figure 631 test points. Outlet connection taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Inlet connection screwed BS 2779 (ISO 228) parallel. Suitable for use with flow rates down to 0.01l/s. Shell: 30 bar 20 Threaded Ends DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm in 1/2 15 A (threaded) B Weight mm mm kg 57 55 0.29 Pressure bar 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 25 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION) Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC Bronze Double Regulating Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Provides precise and accurate flow regulation • Easy to operate with handwheel and numerical indicator • Robust bronze body for long service life • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Handwheel Stem Stem Seals Disc Disc Seal (1-2") Bonnet Body Material Specification BS EN Plastic DZR copper alloy EPDM DZR copper alloy PTFE DZR copper alloy Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Threaded Ends BS 7350 PN20 17.2 bar at 120ºC 20 bar at -10 to 100ºC Compressions Ends 5 bar at 120ºC 6 bar at 110ºC 10 bar at 65ºC 16 bar from -10 to 30ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 1982 CC491K SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Handwheel operated. Numerical indicator. Inside screw non-rising handwheel. Characterised regulating disc. Flow charts available. End connections threaded. Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with compression. adaptors suitable for copper pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard). WRAS Approved Product. APPLICATION Body: 30 bar Seat: 22 bar Figure 1432 can be used with Hattersley metering stations for commissioning. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS B 20 Threaded Ends Nom Size A A (compression) B Weight in 1/2L 1/2 3/4 mm mm mm kg 87 105 110 0.54 87 105 110 0.54 96 118 111 0.58 11/4 11/2 2 100 114 132 133 0.88 1.05 125 148 1.43 146 149 1.88 1 si res mp Co DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Pressure bar 16 A 12 on 8 4 0 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. En ds 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 26 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION) Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L , 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (FODRV) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Provides precise and accurate flow regulation • Easy to operate with handwheel and numerical indicator • Integral orifice and test points – no need for separate DRV and metering station • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Handwheel Stem Stem Seals Disc Disc Seal (1-2") Bonnet Body Orifice Insert Fig. 631 Test Valve Material Specification BS EN Plastic DZR copper alloy EPDM DZR copper alloy PTFE DZR copper alloy Bronze DZR copper alloy DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Handwheel operated. Numerical indicator. Inside screw non-rising handwheel. Characterised regulating disc. Integral fixed orifice. Supplied with two figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. End connections threaded. Threaded Ends BS 7350 PN20 17.2 bar at 120ºC 20 bar at -10 to 100ºC Compressions Ends 5 bar at 120ºC 6 bar at 110ºC 10 bar at 65ºC 16 bar from -10 to 30ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) A 20 Body: 30 bar Seat: 22 bar Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with compression adaptors suitable for copper pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard). WRAS Approved Product. Threaded Ends Nom Size A A (compression) B Weight in 1/2L 1/2M mm mm mm kg 87 105 110 0.61 87 105 110 0.61 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 87 96 100 114 105 118 110 111 132 133 0.61 0.65 0.95 1.13 11/2 2 125 146 148 149 1.52 1.98 si res mp Co DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Pressure bar 16 12 on 8 En ds 4 0 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 27 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION) Fig. 1832, 1832M, 1832L Bronze Motorised Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (Motorised FODRV) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Provides precise and accurate flow regulation • Designed for circuits where combined functions of actuated regulation and flow measurement are required • Operated by motorised actuator • Integral fixed orifice commissioning valve and two port control panel – faster commissioning Component Material Stem Stem Seals Disc Bonnet Body Orifice Insert Fig. 631 Test Valve Specification BS EN DZR copper alloy EPDM EPDM DZR copper alloy Bronze DZR copper alloy DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SPECIFICATION Threaded Ends BS 7350 PN20 16 bar at 120ºC 25 bar at -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 30 bar Seat: 1.4 bar DP Note: Max DP = 1.2 bar Actuator operated for on/off or 1832: modulating control. Double regulating device allows flow to be balanced. Integral fixed orifice. 1832M: Supplied with 2 Figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. End connections threaded Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. 1832L: The 1832 Motorised FODRV is designed for installations in circuits where combined functions of actuated regulation and flow measurement are required. Accuracy of flow measurement is +5% across all driving settings. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B Weight 1/2" has a flow range of 0.061 to 0.132l/s 3/4" has a flow range of 0.131 to 0.289l/s 1/2" medium flow version is suitable for flow applications in the range of 0.03 to 0.07l/s 1/2" low flow version is suitable for flow applications in the range of 0.01 to 0.03l/s 18 16 Threaded Ends 14 Pressure bar PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 12 10 8 in 1/2L 1/2M 1/2 3/4 6 mm mm kg 87 50 0.41 87 50 0.41 87 50 0.41 96 51 0.45 4 2 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 28 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN40 Fig. 1200DR Bronze Double Regulating Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Easy to operate with handwheel Robust bronze body for long service life Suitable for high pressure applications DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Component Material BS EN Stem Gland Packing Bonnet Swivel Nut Disc Seat Body Manganese Bronze Asbestos Free Bronze Manganese Bronze Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Bronze 12164 CW721R 1982 CC491K 12164 CW721R B62 1982 CC491K B62 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS 7350:1990. Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN40. Fitted with parabolic regulating disc in Stainless Steel, double regulating device and indicator. Flow charts available. BS 5154 PN40 Series A 34 bar at 180ºC 40 bar from -10 to 120ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Specification ASTM Shell: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar D 44 A 40 E 36 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 A B (open) D E (open) Weight mm mm mm mm kg 133 168 95 64 2.5 146 187 105 79 3.5 162 213 115 92 4.9 184 238 140 98 7.5 200 267 150 117 10 238 306 165 121 14 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Pressure bar 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 29 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 50-300mm Fig. M2000 Stainless Steel Metering Stations MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component • Accurate flow measurement Body • Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification Extension Sleeve Test Points DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Stainless Steel 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: The Test Point figure 631 has a maximum working temperature of 120ºC. For higher temperature requirements contact Hattersley Sales Office. B 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L Stainless Steel Fig. 631 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C Specification BS EN ASTM SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Outside diameter locates metering station centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange bolting. Compatibility with other flanges available. Supplied complete with extensions and figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. Use with figure M733DR to make Commissioning Set M2733. 18 B A 16 14 Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 20 150 205 1.3 20 160 225 1.6 20 170 240 1.9 20 180 260 2.1 20 195 290 2.8 20 205 315 3.3 20 235 370 5.0 20 260 426 6.0 20 260 481 7.0 Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box. Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 30 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 350-600mm Fig. M2000 Cast Iron Metering Stations MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component • Accurate flow measurement Body (350 to 450mm) • Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification (500 to 700mm) Orifice Plate Retaining Ring Extension Sleeve Test Points Material Cast Iron Carbon Steel Stainless Steel PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: The Test Point figure 631 has a maximum working temperature of 120ºC If other test points are fitted the maximum operating temperature should be obtained from the test point manufacturer. B C 1561 EN-JL1030 A126 ClB 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 AISI 316 18/8 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Fig. 631 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Specification BS EN ASTM TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) SPECIFICATION Outside diameter locates metering station centrally on BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange bolting. Adaptations to suit other flanges available. Supplied complete with extensions and figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. Note: When used with a butterfly valve a minimum of 5 diameters of straight length of same diameter pipe as the valve must be fitted on both sides of the metering station. 18 Shell: 24 bar 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 350 400 450 500 600 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 38 320 545 32 38 345 595 39 38 375 655 50 38 397 707 30 38 456 825 40 Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets lifting hook and box. Larger sizes available on request. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Pressure bar 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 31 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 Fig. M3000 Stainless Steel Metering Stations MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component • Accurate flow measurement Body • Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification Extension Sleeve Valve Controlled Test Points Material Stainless Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2 AISI 316 Stainless Steel Fig. 750 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SPECIFICATION Outside diameter locates metering station centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2 flange bolting. Compatibility with other flanges available. Supplied complete with extensions and figure 750 test points. Flow charts available. 24.2 bar at 180ºC 25 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point figure 750 has a maximum working temperature of 180ºC. If other test points are fitted the maximum operating temperature should be obtained from the test point manufacturer. B C Use with double regulating valve to make Commissioning Set 28 A 24 B DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 20 165 220 1.3 20 175 240 1.6 20 185 255 1.9 20 195 280 2.1 20 208 306 2.8 20 223 336 3.3 20 253 396 5.0 20 282 453 6.0 20 312 513 7.0 Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box. Pressure bar 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 32 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN40 Fig. M4000 Stainless Steel Metering Stations MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Suitable for high pressure applications • Compact, flanged design for fitting in tight spaces • Accurate flow measurement • Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification Component Material Specification BS EN ASTM Metering Station Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2 AISI 316 17 Valve Controlled Test Point Fig. 750 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS B C B A PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING PN40 Series A 34 bar at 180ºC 40 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point figure 750 has a maximum working temperature of 180ºC. If other test points are fitted the maximum operating temperature should be obtained from the test point manufacturer. TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) SPECIFICATION Conforms to BS 7350. One piece full flange diameter. Integral orifice plate. Flange dimensions to BS EN 1092-2 PN40. Supplied complete with flange bolts, nuts and figure 750 test points. Flow charts available. Can also be used with figure 1200 PN40 isolating valve to form an orifice valve (PTV). Use with figure 1200DR to make Commissioning Set 5200 44 Shell: 60 bar 40 36 Nom Size mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 18 95 140 1.4 18 100 150 1.6 18 105 160 1.8 18 115 185 2.5 18 120 195 2.9 18 130 210 3.5 Weights shown above include test points and gaskets. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Pressure bar 32 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 33 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 50-200mm Fig. M733DR Cast Iron Globe Valves with Double Regulating Feature MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Material Indicator Ring Indicator Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stem (50 to 100mm) Stem (125 to 200mm) Polymer Polymer H T Brass Graphite H T Brass H T Brass Stainless Steel Indicator Sleeve Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Stem Nut Disc Disc Coating Body Seat Ring Polymer Ductile Iron Asbestos Free H T Brass Cast Iron EPDM Cast Iron Bronze DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Specification BS EN ASTM 12164 CW721R 12164 CW721R B138 C67500 12164 CW721R B138 C67500 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 1563 EN JS 1050 A536 80 55 06 12164 CW721R 1561 EN JLI030 B138 C67500 A126 CI B 1561 EN JLI030 1982 CC491K A126 CI B SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Inside screw, non-rising stem. EPDM coated disc. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Fitted with regulating disc, double regulating device and indicator. 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: The maximum temperature is determined by the EPDM elastomer coated disc. C B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Use with M2000 PN16 to make Commissioning Set M2733 Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar D Fig. M733 B138 C67500 18 2000 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 230 250 166 165 15 290 278 166 185 21 310 292 166 200 26 350 310 166 220 37 400 350 250 250 65 480 385 250 285 82 600 450 250 340 139 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Pressure bar A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 34 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 250-300mm Fig. M733DR Ductile Iron Globe Valves with Double Regulating Feature MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Material Specification BS EN ASTM Stem 316 SS Gland (200 to 300mm) Gland Nut Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Disc Insert Disc Coating Seat Ring Body Packing Cast Iron Mild Steel Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Cast Iron 1561 GRADE 250 PTFE EPDM Bronze 1982 CC491K Ductile Iron Asbestos Free DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 10088 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A276 316 1561 GRADE 250 536 65-45-12 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS 7350: 1990. Inside screw, non-rising stem. Copper alloy trim. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Fitted with regulating disc, double regulating device and indicator. 16 bar from -10 to 120°C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) C 536 65-45-12 Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Use with figure M2000 to make Commissioning Set M2733 B 18 16 M733 14 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Pressure bar M2000 12 10 8 Nom Size mm 250 300 6 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 730 575 420 192 850 645 420 251 2 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 35 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 50-200mm Fig. M737 Cast Iron Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Component Material BS EN Indicator Ring Indicator Gland Gland Flange Stuffing Box Stem (50 to 100mm) Stem (125 to 200mm) Indicator Sleeve Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Stem Nut Disc Disc Coating Body Extension Sleeve Polymer Polymer H T Brass Graphite H T Brass H T Brass Stainless Steel Polymer Ductile Iron Asbestos Free H T Brass Cast Iron EPDM Cast Iron Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: The maximum temperature is determined by the EPDM elastomer coated disc. C B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Specification ASTM 1561 EN JSI040 1561 EN JSI040 1561 EN JSI040 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN JSI040 1541 EN JLI040 A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI030 1982 CC491K A126 CI B B505 C83600 SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Inside screw, non-rising stem. EPDM coated disc. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 Fitted with regulating disc, double regulating device and indicator, figure 631 test points and extensions. Valves can be supplied with vapour seal. Optional insulation boxes. Flow charts available. 18 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 230 250 166 165 15 290 278 166 185 21 310 292 166 200 26 350 310 166 220 37 400 350 250 250 65 480 385 250 285 82 600 450 250 340 139 Pressure bar A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 36 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 250-300mm Fig. M737 Ductile Iron Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valves FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component BS EN Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stem Ductile Iron Cast Iron Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Seat Retainer Disc Disc Insert Bronze Cast Iron PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene EPDM Bronze Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Bronze Ductile Iron Disc Coating Regulating Cone Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Body Seat Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C Material PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS EN 1092-2 PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Specification ASTM 1563 EN-JSI030 1561 EN-JLI030 A536-65-45-12 A126 CI B 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 1563 EN-JSI030 A536-65-45-12 1982 CC491K 1563 EN-JSI030 A536-65-45-12m SPECIFICATION BS 7350:1990. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 1. Ductile iron body. Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Bronze body seat. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Flow charts available. 18 16 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 250 300 A B (open) C Weight mm mm mm kg 730 575 420 192 850 645 420 251 Pressure bar 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 37 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 Fig. 953, 953G Cast Iron with Double Regulating Feature MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Body Shaft Disc Disc Liner Bearings Material Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Aluminium Bronze Stainless Steel EPDM PTFE Coated Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 1982 CC333G B148 C95800 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276 304 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Valves up to and including 200mm can be supplied lever operated or fully enclosed gear operated. All operators fitted with double regulating feature. Flow charts available. Note: Butterfly valves should not be less than 30° open when used for regulation duties. EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10 up to 120ºC SERVICE RATING Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW TEST PRESSURES Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS K H A G J 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm 50 65 80 14 100 125 150 200 250 300 A mm 43 46 46 52 56 F* mm 264 272 279 301 314 G mm 250 250 250 250 250 H mm 182 190 197 219 232 J mm 123 123 123 123 123 K dia mm 125 125 125 125 125 Weight (953W) kg 4.1 4.9 5.2 6.5 8.5 Weight (953WG) kg 4.9 5.7 6.0 7.3 9.3 *F dimension is centre of valve to maximum lift of lever 56 345 315 254 123 125 11.4 12 60 369 315 278 123 125 16 16 68 281 228 300 29 78 306 228 300 41 Pressure bar Nom Size 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 38 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 Fig. 973, 973G Ductile Iron with Double Regulating Feature MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Body Shaft Disc Disc Liner Bearings Material Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Aluminium Bronze Stainless Steel EPDM PTFE Coated Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 1561 EN-JLI030 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 1982 CC333G 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A126 CI B AISI 431 B148 C95800 A276 304 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593: 2009. Valves up to and including 200mm can be supplied lever operated or fully enclosed gear operated. All operators fitted with double regulating feature. Flow charts available. Note: Butterfly valves should not be less than 30° open when used for regulation duties. Stainless Steel disc option 4973 - 4973G. EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10 up to 120ºC SERVICE RATING Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW TEST PRESSURES Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS K H A G J 18 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 16 14 mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A mm 43 46 46 52 56 D mm 165 185 200 220 250 F* mm 264 272 279 301 314 G mm 250 250 250 250 250 H mm 182 190 197 219 232 J mm 123 123 123 123 123 K dia mm 125 125 125 125 125 Weight (973W) kg 4.6 5.4 7.2 8.8 12 Weight (973WG) kg 5.4 6.2 8.0 9.6 12 *F dimension is centre of valve to maximum lift of lever 56 285 345 315 254 123 125 14 15 60 340 369 315 278 123 125 20 21 68 405 281 228 300 33 78 460 306 228 300 45 Pressure bar Nom Size 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 39 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 - DN50-300 Fig. 4983G Ductile Iron Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Component Material Body Plug Liner Shaft (lower) Disc Shaft (upper) O-Ring Lock Plate Snap Ring Gearbox Specification BS EN Ductile Iron Carbon Steel EPDM Steel Stainless Steel Steel EPDM Brass Carbon Steel - K H1 N-M B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar 28 E DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm A B H D E L K N-M H-I Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 65 80 100 24 125 150 200 250 300 140 152 160 180 191 202 241 274 315 68 76 85 100 120 132 160 200 230 35 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 45 90 90 90 90 90 90 125 125 125 43 45 46 51.5 56 56.5 60 68.5 79.5 160 160 160 160 160 160 238 238 238 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430 4-M16 8-M16 8-M16 8-M20 8-M24 8-M24 8-M24 12-M27 16-M27 172.5 184.5 192.5 212.5 223.5 234.5 278.0 311.0 366.0 10.0 10.8 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.5 29.8 40.0 53.0 20 Pressure bar Nom Size ASTM B16 C36000 A fully lugged butterfly valve for use with PN25 flanges. High temperature EPDM liner for applications up to 120ºC. A double regulating gearbox as standard. Can be used in conjunction with a flow measurement device, figure M3000 to regulate and measure flow. 25 bar from -10 to 120ºC A AISI 431 SS304 AISI 431 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING L H 1563 EN GJS 56017 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 40 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 Fig. 5953, 5953G Cast Iron Metrex Commissioning Sets MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation and accurate measurement • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Material Specification ASTM DIN BS EN Valve Test Points Extension Sleeve Housing Orifice Plate DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Fig. 953G Fig. 631 Gunmetal Cast Iron (Nickel Plated) Stainless Steel 1400LG2 B62 1705 G-CuSn5ZnPb 1452 Gr220 A126 CI B 1691 GG22 970 316S31 AISI 316 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING J EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10°C to 120°C K H TEST PRESSURES Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar 17440 X5CrNiMo1812 SPECIFICATION Gear operation provides infinitely variable settings between fully open and closed positions. Comprehensive flow charts available. Metering station kitemarked to BS 7350. Lever operated version available in sizes 50 to 200mm. NOTES The valve should not be less than 30° open for regulation duties. B A 18 16 14 Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B H J K Weight mm mm mm mm dia kg 133 135 182 123 125 10.0 151 145 190 123 125 10.8 166 160 197 123 125 11.0 192 165 219 123 125 13.0 221 180 232 123 125 16.0 246 190 254 123 125 18.5 300 225 278 123 125 29.8 358 255 281 228 300 40.0 418 275 306 228 300 53.0 Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 41 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 Fig. 5973, 5973G Cast Iron Metrex Commissioning Sets Chilled Water, LTHW & MTHW MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust iron body materials for long service life • Precise flow regulation and accurate measurement • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Component Material BS EN Valve Test Points Extension Sleeve Housing Orifice Plate Specification ASTM Fig. 973 (see page 41 for materials) Fig. 631 Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 Cl B Stainless Steel 10088-1 XSCrNiMo 17-12-2 AISI 316 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC SERVICE RATING Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar A close coupled commissioning set comprising a lugged butterfly valve and metering station to offer all the advantages of the close coupled concept together with an accuracy of ±5% of flow rate. Gear operation provides infinitely variable settings between fully open and closed positions. The commissioning set is supplied as a single unit. Supplied complete with figure 631 test points and necessary bolting for connection of the valve end to the system. Comprehensive flow charts available. Note: The valve should be not less than 30° open for regulation duties. Wrench operated version available in sizes 50 to 200mm. Figure 9973G available, stainless steel disc. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS J G H 18 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A mm B mm H mm J mm K dia mm Weight (geared) kg 133 135 182 123 125 13 151 145 190 123 125 15 166 160 197 123 125 21 192 165 219 123 125 26 221 180 232 123 125 33 246 190 254 123 125 45 300 225 278 123 125 69 358 255 281 228 300 94 418 275 306 228 300 131 Pressure bar B A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 42 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 DN50-150 Fig. 4993G Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings • Bi-directional isolation • Double eccentric disc Component BS EN Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Stainless Steel Specification ASTM 10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10213-2 GP240GH A276-304 A276-304 A276-304 A216 WCB 1561 EN-JLI030 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A126 CI B A276-304 PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593: 2009. F D C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available. 25 bar from -10 to 135ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar B A 28 E 24 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 64 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 64 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 33 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47 Pressure bar 20 Nom Size 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 43 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 DN200-500 Fig. 4993G Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings • Bi-directional isolation • Double eccentric disc Component BS EN Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Stainless Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS F 25 bar from -10 to 135ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC D C Material TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar Specification ASTM 10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 A276-304 A276-304 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available. B E A 28 24 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 89 294 369 42 300 67 223 73 114 333 396 50 457 90 279 126 114 382 461 50 457 123 331 167 127 398 477 50 457 154 356 243 140 448 557 66 610 138 477 340 152 473 583 66 610 138 477 454 152 555 643 66 610 138 477 493 Pressure bar 20 Nom Size 16 12 8 4 0 0 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 44 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN40 DN65-150 Fig. 4993G Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings • Bi-directional isolation • Double eccentric disc Component Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel Body Body Seat Disc PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS F 40 bar from -10 to 90ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC D C Material TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar Specification BS EN ASTM 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 A276-304 A276-304 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304 SPECIFICATION Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available. B E A 45 40 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 64 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 64 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 33 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47 For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Pressure bar 35 Nom Size 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 45 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN40 DN200-500 Fig. 4993G Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Precise flow regulation • Flanged with handwheel – easy to install and operate • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings • Bi-directional isolation • Double eccentric disc Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING F D C 40 bar from -10 to 90ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar B Specification BS EN ASTM 10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 A276-304 A276-304 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available. 45 E A 40 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 89 294 369 42 300 67 223 79 114 333 396 50 457 90 279 143 114 382 461 50 457 123 331 203 127 398 477 50 457 154 356 288 140 448 557 66 610 138 477 415 152 473 583 66 610 138 477 469 152 555 643 66 610 138 477 589 Pressure bar 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 46 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC Cast Iron and Steel Commissioning Valves Coefficients Fig. M2000 Nom Size mm Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs 50 71.91 0.45 48.24 65 155.9 0.4 98.58 80 217.3 0.4 137.4 100 380.2 0.35 224.9 125 576.6 0.35 341.1 150 830.8 0.35 491.5 200 1412 0.35 835.4 Nom Size mm Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs 250 2116 0.35 1252 300 3073 0.35 1818 350 3810 0.35 2254 400 4968 0.35 2939 450 6087 0.35 3601 500 7958 0.35 4708 600 11621 0.35 6875 Fig. M3000 Nom Size mm Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs 50 - 65 155.9 0.4 98.58 80 217.3 0.4 137.4 100 380.2 0.35 224.9 125 576.6 0.35 341.1 150 830.8 0.35 491.5 200 1412 0.35 835.4 250 2116 0.35 1252 300 3073 0.35 1818 50 48.39 65 78.16 80 114.1 100 198.3 125 312.8 150 438.2 200 833.3 250 1185 300 1450 Nom Size mm Flow Kv (fully open) 50 48.39 65 78.16 80 114.1 100 198.3 125 312.8 150 438.2 200 833.3 250 1185 300 1450 Kvs 49.47 81.79 128.1 223.9 349.4 445.9 889.5 1185 1450 50 0.45 48.24 65 0.4 98.58 80 0.4 137.4 100 0.35 224.9 125 0.35 341.1 150 0.35 491.5 200 0.35 835.4 250 0.35 1252 300 0.35 1818 50 0.45 48.24 65 0.4 98.58 80 0.4 137.4 100 0.35 224.9 125 0.35 341.1 150 0.35 491.5 200 0.35 835.4 250 0.35 1252 300 0.35 1818 50 1.86 65 0.95 80 0.50 100 0.29 125 0.37 150 0.43 200 0.31 250 0.56 300 0.33 85 204 370 820 982 1353 2923 3374 6350 Fig. M733DR Nom Size mm Flow Kv (fully open) Fig. M737 Fig. 5953G Nom Size mm Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. 5973G Nom Size mm Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. 4983G PN25 Nom Size mm Headloss Factor Kvs Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 47 BALANCING VALVES - STATIC Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients Headloss Factor % The headloss of the DRV is obtained from the graph at the fully open position at the particular design flow rate. The total headloss of the metering station and DRV (commissioning set), when directly coupled or independently located, is the summation of the two separate values. The headloss across a metering station is less than the differential pressure (¢P) signal indicated at the pressure tappings as shown on the metering station flow charts. The value of headloss for the metering station is shown as a percentage of the signal in the tables below. Fig. 1000 Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 2.244 0.75 1.943 22 5.4 0.6 4.181 Fig. 1000C Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs 32 21.68 0.5 15.33 40 34.38 0.45 23.06 Fig. 1000M mm 15 2.354 0.75 2.039 50 71.1 0.45 47.7 Fig. 1000L Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. 1000MC Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs 28 9.63 0.6 7.46 mm 15 1.101 0.83 1.003 mm 15 0.539 0.9 0.511 Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 0.533 0.9 0.506 Fig. 1000LC mm Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs 15 1.129 0.83 1.029 Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC Nom Size in 1432 Flow Kv (fully open) 1432L Flow Kv 1432C Flow Kv 1432LC Flow Kv 1/2L 1/2 3/4 2.26 - 2.14 2.26 2.14 2.26 3.6 3.6 - 1 6.37 - 11/4 12.3 - 11/2 21.3 - 2 31.3 - Fig. 2432, 2432LM, 2432LL Nom Size 2432 Flow Kv 2432LM Flow Kv 2432LL Flow Kv in 1/2 3/4 1.549 0.99 0.519 2.995 - 1 5.31 - 11/4 10.7 - 11/2 18.11 - 2 28.65 - Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 48 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALANCING VALVES - STATIC Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L, 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC Nom Size in 1732 Flow Kv 1732 Kvs 1732M Flow Kv 1732M Kvs 1732L Flow Kv 1732L Kvs 1732C Flow Kv 1732C Kvs 1732MC Flow Kv 1732MC Kvs 1732LC Flow Kv 1732LC Kvs 1/2L 1/2M 1/2 - - 1.87 1.943 1.06 1.003 0.57 0.506 1.87 2.037 1.06 1.029 0.57 0.511 3/4 3.14 4.181 3.14 4.457 - 1 5.59 7.46 - 11/4 10.8 15.33 - 11/2 18.1 23.06 - 2 29.1 47.7 - Fig. 1832, 1832M, 1832L Nom Size 1832 Flow Kv 1832 Kvs 1832M Flow Kv 1832M Kvs 1832L Flow Kv 1832L Kvs in 1/2 3/4 1.703 1.943 1.056 1.003 0.532 0.506 2.973 4.181 - Fig. 1200DR Nom Size Flow Kv mm 15 4.74 20 9.96 25 18.46 35 26.71 40 42.15 50 70.95 mm 15 2.293 0.75 1.986 20 5.331 0.6 4.129 25 9.506 0.6 7.363 35 22.15 0.5 15.66 40 36.36 0.45 24.39 50 70.91 0.45 47.57 Fig. 4000 Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 49 The Baltic Arts Centre, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear Specification: Range of Hattersley Commissioning and Traditional Valves 50 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES Differential Pressure Control Valves Extremely efficient, the DPCV is set to a maximum differential pressure limit, under dynamic balancing conditions, which ensures flow cannot exceed a desired rate. It therefore helps reduce energy consumption and the risk of noise, and simplifies the commissioning process. The EPM diaphragm, which separates the upper and lower chamber of the valve, in combination with the balanced piston, is key to stabilising differential pressure within the system. The rubber-seated piston, controlled by the diaphragm, closes the valve on rising differential pressure and opens it on falling differential pressure. The valve will continue to move in this way until equilibrium of pressure is achieved. This ensures the maximum desired flow rates or differential pressures are not exceeded. Installing a DPCV in a system to control differential pressure can also help to minimise the risk of noise. Installing a DPCV in a circuit ensures the system remains balanced, independent from any changes in other areas of the circuit, which greatly simplifies the balancing and commissioning procedure. It also maintains the control authority of the 2 port control valve. Available in sizes from DN15 to DN50, in flow and return configurations, the DPCV operates at a temperature range of -10˚C to 100˚C and is PN16 rated. The pressure differential is set on installation, across a 20 to 80 kPa range, and can be easily adjusted on commissioning as required by the changing conditions. Hattersley offers other accessories which are highly recommended in order to achieve an optimum performance. See page 57 for details. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 51 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES Differential Pressure Control Valves Features and Benefits Upper Chamber* The higher pressure, before the load, is transmitted to the upper chamber. Diaphragm Separates and balances the upper and lower chambers and therefore the differential pressure. The Diaphragm reacts quickly to fluctuation in pressure. Lower Chamber* The lower pressure, after the load, is transmitted to the lower chamber. Body PN16 rated. Compact design allows for installation in limited spaces. Male Threaded Ends Male and female adapters are available so that the DPCV can be placed in any standard pipework. See page 55 for details. The valve is easily replaceable without disturbing the surrounding pipework. *Please see page 55 for typical installation layouts. 52 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES Impulse Tube Alongside the DPCV, an impulse tube is supplied as standard. It is essential to the valve’s performance as it taps pressure from the other side of the circuit and links it to the valve’s chambers. Adjuster Easily sets differential pressure across a 20-80 kPa range, and can be adjusted to maintain desired flow rates or differential pressure, matching circuit conditions. Integral Impulse Tube* Pressure from before the load is linked to the upper chamber (flow mounted configuration only). Rubber Seated Piston Closes on rising differential pressure and opens on falling differential pressure. Maintains the desired system flow rate. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 53 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PN16 Fig. F300 Flow Fig. R300 Return FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Maintains a consistent performance • Use with variable speed pumps within HVAC systems • Enhances efficiency • Reduces energy consumption • Simplifies the commissioning process • Easily adjusted to meet future conditions Component Material Body Bonnet Chamber Adjuster Stem / Piston Diaphragm O-Ring Seals Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Nylon Grade PA6 Stainless Steel BS EN 10088 - 1:2005 Rubber EPM Rubber EPDM DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Size DN15 A B End Connection mm mm in 90 175 3/4" Weight kg 2.34 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 96 114 132.5 175 185 190 1" 11/4" 11/2" BSP Parallel Male 2.39 2.62 2.76 150.5 195 13/4" 184 205 23/8" 3.07 3.57 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Flow Configuration Top View 119 Return Configuration Top View 119 Impulse Tube Connection B Flow & Return Configuration Side View A Flow Configuration Front View Impulse Tube Connection Return Configuration Front View 105 80 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 54 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES ACCESSORIES DPCV Accessories COMPANION VALVE Hattersley highly recommends the use of a companion valve as a part of the circuit. As well as providing standard flow measuring and regulating features, the companion valve has an integral tapping point for an impulse tube to link the valve and the DPCV. Additional impulse tubes are available on request. ISOLATING BALL VALVE Installing a ball valve in the impulse tube allows isolation of the tube during flushing. This helps to ensure that the tube is kept free from debris. MALE AND FEMALE TAILPIECES Hattersley offers additional male and female BSP taper threaded couplings, giving the contractors a variety of options on installation and enabling a fast and easy connection to the pipework. TYPICAL INSTALLATION LAYOUTS Companion Valve DPCV Impulse Tube Impulse Tube Load Load P1 Companion Valve 2 Port Control Valve Example Flow Configuration (F300) P2 DPCV 2 Port Control Valve Example RETURN Configuration (R300) Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 55 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PN16 Companion Valve – DP1732 - Standard Flow, DP1732M - Medium Flow, DP1732L - Low Flow MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Has an integral tapping point for the impulse tube to link with the Hattersley DPCV • Integral orifice and test points provide precise and accurate flow measurement • Easy to operate with Double Regulating handwheel and numerical position indicator • Positive flow control at all handwheel settings • Manufactured using WRAS Approved materials • Can be used plugged, as supplied, for PN25 applications or with an impulse tube for PN16 applications • Characterised regulating disc tends towards equal percentage performance • Male threaded ends for easy connection to all pipework systems Component Body Bonnet DN15 to DN32 Bonnet DN40 & DN50 Stem/Disc 'O' Ring Seal Plug R1/8 Inch Fig. 631 Test Points Material Bronze - BS EN 1982: CC491K DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N Bronze - BS EN 1982: CC491K DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C D Ø 90 B E A PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING WHEN IMPULSE TUBE IS INSERTED WHEN PLUGGED Temperature ˚C -10 - 30 40 Pressure bar 16 50 14.3 12.6 65 80 90 100 110 120 Temperature ˚C 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 Pressure 6 5 bar -10 - 30 110 120 25 23.4 21.8 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS FIg No. A B C D E Kv Kvs Weight DP DP DP DP DP 1732 1732M 1732L 1732 1732 mm mm mm mm mm kg 90 105 50 34 G3/4" 1.87 1.943 0.60 90 105 50 34 G3/4" 1.06 1.003 0.60 DP 1732 DP DP 1732 1732 90 96 114 132.5 105 106 127 128 50 54 62 66 34 36 39 43 G3/4" G1" G11/4" G11/2" 0.57 3.14 5.59 10.80 0.506 4.181 7.46 15.33 0.60 0.65 0.99 1.12 150.5 184 143 144 70 78 46 48 G13/4" G23/8" 18.10 29.10 23.06 47.7 1.48 2.13 END CONNECTIONS Male parallel threads to ISO 228 SPECIFICATION Inside screw non-rising stem. Characterised regulating disc. Integral fixed orifice. Supplied with 2 Fig. 631 test points fitted. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 56 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com HOOK-UP II Hook-Up II Hook-Up II provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation, using bronze and DZR brass components. It is PN16 rated with versions suitable for chilled, low and medium temperature hot water, ranging from -10°C to a maximum of 120°C. Available in 1/2", 3/4" and 1" sizes. BENEFITS For the design engineer there are many advantages. With all the components supplied as one pre-tested unit, minimal design involvement is needed and the performance of the entire unit is known in advance. The Hook-Up II is pre-fabricated using proven, stringently tested Hattersley products. The fully assembled unit is tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 prior to delivery. For a complete list of components see the specification for each figure number on the following pages. For the contractor the need for only four connections offers significant reductions in costs. The fully tested, guaranteed and standardised components are pressure tested before leaving Hattersley. Apart from the cleaning of the strainer, the Hook-Up II is designed to be maintenance free. The newly designed Hook-Up II features a number of design improvements. A single cast H-Body reduces the number of joints, the weight and the size of the module. A combination of components can be selected to attach to the H-Body, depending on the site specifications. This brochure outlines our standard range but other configurations can be made by special arrangement. Our technical team will assist with valve sizing etc. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 57 HOOK-UP II Commissioning Set Adjusts and sets the flow rate with proven high accuracy. Customers can opt for manually set FODRV valve or a motorised FODRV valve (left). Flow and Return Connections: A Flow Connection from Pipework B Flow Connection to the Terminal Unit C Return Connection from the Terminal Unit D Return Connection to Pipework 2 Centralised Isolation Valve Allows easy back flushing, forward flushing and isolation. An extension stem is added for chilled water services 1 D Flushing bypass 11 A Figure 266 for heated water is shown here. 58 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com HOOK-UP II Pressure Test Points On commissioning valves for flow measurement. On strainer to check pressure drop across load. Draincock For routine maintenance, allows flushing of strainer without need to remove basket. 4 3 End Connectors Simple connection to system. BSP female threads allow connections to any possible pipes using adaptors. Installed directly on flow and return connections of heating and cooling terminal units ie. fan coils and chilled beams. 5 C B Strainer (optional) Keeps system clean. Filters flow before it reaches terminal unit. 6 Union Connector Allows custom alignment and features an integral O-Ring to ensure joints are pressure tight. 7 Extension Stems New H-Body Reference Tags is factory tested before and after final assembly. Consists of one compact casting; reducing weight and size. Each unit is tagged with individual fan coil reference numbers and relevant customer information as requested. 10 For chilled water services, extension stems are fitted as standard to the isolation ball valve to enable lagging. 8 9 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 59 60 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com Project: Wembley WO5 development, London Client: Quintain Architect: PRP/The Manser Practice Project Manager: Stace LLP Mechanical Contractor: FCS Services Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up II Hattersley Hook-Up II flow management modules have been specified for the HVAC system of Quintain’s new mixed-use development in the Wembley WO5 district, which surrounds the Wembley Arena. The project will have 3 phases; the student accommodation will be constructed first, followed by apartments and then a 4* Hilton Hotel. Hattersley valves will be installed in all stages of the development to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning. The Hook-Up II is ideal for this project as it provides easy flow control and accurate flow measurement, along with flushing and isolating capabilities from a single, pre-fabricated unit. Only four connections need to be made on-site, speeding up installation time and reducing costs. All modules are tested in advance so design engineers know the exact performance of the entire unit prior to installation. The construction of student halls of residence has just started and will comprise 656 bedrooms, communal kitchens and car parking over 11 floors. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 61 HOOK-UP II PN16 Fig. C266, H266 Manual (with Drain and Strainer) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ultra compact, prefabricated unit • Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation • Can be tailored to customer’s specifications • For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW • Reduces time, costs and specification risks Component 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. H-Body Fig. 1732/M/L FODRV Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball Union Connector Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve Fig. 631 Test Point Adaptors for 1" only* Union Nut Material Specification BS EN Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N *For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units. PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration. PN16 -10 to 120°C SERVICE RATING TEST PRESSURES Figure C266 is suitable for chilled water applications. Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 Fig. C266 for chilled water Fig. H266 for heated water Figure H266 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications. D E E G G DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS D1 Fig. C266 Fig. H266 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS J1 C B 3/4 female 143 170 205 38 105 110 168 110 80 42 2.35 143 185 215 47 119 120 175 111 80 42 2.70 1 female 150 221 251 50 123 120 190 132 80 42 70 3.40 3 6 4 JJ 48 7 5 1 2 2 H 1/2 female A mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS Nom Size A B C D D1 E F G H J J1 Weight (right-hand configuration shown) F Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 62 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com HOOK-UP II PN16 Fig. C268, H268 Manual (with Drain and Strainer) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ultra compact, prefabricated unit • Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation • Can be tailored to customer’s specifications • For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW • Reduces time, costs and specification risks Component Material Specification BS EN 1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) 2. Fig. 1732/M/L DRV 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve 4. Union Connector 5. Adaptors for 1" only* 6. Union Nut Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW614N *For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units. PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration. PN16 -10 to 120°C SERVICE RATING TEST PRESSURES Figure C268 is suitable for chilled water applications. Figure H268 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications. Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 Fig. C268 for chilled water Fig. H268 for heated water G D G D1 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Fig. H268 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS B 3 1/2 female 3/4 female 143 120 45 110 168 110 80 42 1.90 143 125 54 119 175 111 80 42 2.20 1 female 150 149 57 123 190 132 80 42 70 2.75 4 J1 6 4 J 3 A mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS Nom Size A B D D1 F G H J J1 Weight 5 1 2 H Fig. C268 (right-hand configuration shown) F Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 63 HOOK-UP II PN16 Fig. C267 H267 MotoBalance (with Drain and Strainer) FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ultra compact, prefabricated unit • Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation • Can be tailored to customer’s specifications • For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW • Reduces time, costs and specification risks MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. H-Body Fig. 1832/M/L FODRV Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball Union Connector Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve Fig. 631 Test Point Union Nut Material Specification BS EN Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration. PN16 -10 to 120°C SERVICE RATING TEST PRESSURES Figure C267 is suitable for chilled water applications. Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003 Figure H267 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications. Fig. C267 for chilled water Fig. H267 for heated water D G E E G1 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Fig. H267 D1 Fig. C267 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS C 1/2 female 3/4 female 125 170 205 38 105 110 168 43 85 80 42 2.20 125 185 215 47 119 120 175 43 85 80 42 2.54 J B 6 4 3 5 7 4 1 2 H mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg A Nom Size A B C D D1 E F G G1 H J Weight (right-hand configuration shown) F Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 64 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com HOOK-UP II PN16 Fig. C269, H269 MotoBalance (with Drain and Strainer) FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ultra compact, prefabricated unit • Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation • Can be tailored to customer’s specifications • For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW • Reduces time, costs and specification risks MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Specification BS EN 1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) 2. Fig. 1832/M/L DRV 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve 4. Union Connector 5. Union Nut Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW614N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION PN16 -10 to 120°C Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration. TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Figure C269 is suitable for chilled water applications. SERVICE RATING Tested to BS EN 12266-1 Fig. C269 for chilled water Figure H269 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications. Fig. H269 for heated water G D G1 D1 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Fig. C269 Fig. H269 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 3/4 female 125 120 45 110 168 43 85 80 42 1.75 125 125 54 119 175 43 85 80 42 2.04 B 3 J 5 4 2 1 H mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1/2 female A Nom Size A B D D1 F G G1 H J Weight (right-hand configuration shown) F Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 65 HOOK-UP II PN16 Fig. C262, H262 Autoflow (with Drain and Strainer) FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Ultra compact, prefabricated unit • Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation • Can be tailored to customer’s specifications • For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW • Reduces time, costs and specification risks Component 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. H-Body Fig. 1051 Autoflow Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball Union Connector Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve Fig. 631 Test Point Adaptors for 1" only* Union Nut Material Specification BS EN Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N *For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units. SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration. PN16 -10 to 120°C SERVICE RATING TEST PRESSURES Figure C262 is suitable for chilled water applications. Figure H262 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications. Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 Fig. C262 for chilled water Fig. H262 for heated water Fig. H262 D1 D G E G1 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Fig. C262 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 1/2 female 3/4 female 1 female mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 130 170 205 51 105 110 220 43 85 80 42 2.78 135 185 215 51 119 120 225 43 85 80 42 3.09 140 221 251 68 123 120 295 43 85 80 42 70 4.67 C J1 B 6 5 3 2 4 J 8 H mm A B C D D1 E F G G1 H J J1 Weight A Nom Size 1 F (right-hand configuration shown) 7 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 66 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com HOOK-UP II PN16 Fig. C264, H264 Autoflow (with Drain and Strainer) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ultra compact, prefabricated unit • Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation • Can be tailored to customer’s specifications • For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW • Reduces time, costs and specification risks Component 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) Fig. 1051 Autoflow Fig. 100 Ball Valve Union Connector Adaptors for 1" only* Union Nut Material Specification BS EN Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N *For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units. PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration. PN16 -10 to 120°C SERVICE RATING TEST PRESSURES Figure C264 is suitable for chilled water applications. Figure H264 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications. Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003 Fig. C264 for chilled water Fig. H264 for heated water G K G1 D1 D DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Fig. C264 Fig. H264 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS B 1/2 female 130 120 45 110 220 43 85 80 42 51 2.33 3/4 female 135 125 54 119 225 43 85 80 42 51 2.59 1 female 140 149 57 123 295 43 85 80 42 70 68 4.07 3 2 4 J1 6 J 1 F H mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg A Nom Size A B D D1 F G G1 H J J1 K Weight (right-hand configuration shown) 5 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 67 Gulf Hotel, Bahrain Specification: Hattersley Globe and Butterfly Valves 68 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com MULTICOMM MultiComm On large projects, significant time and cost can be eliminated by enabling commissioning at convenient locations. Ends of corridors, or accessible cupboards can be used, which would also eliminate disruption to occupiers during maintenance works. The MultiComm is an exceptionally efficient, practical and versatile system: • Depending on flow rates, up to six terminals can be served from a single MultiComm unit. • All units are custom built to suit site specification. • All site connections can be made without the need to access the internal components. • MultiComm is suitable for variable flow or constant flow systems. • All connections are BSPT Female, enabling standard pipe or specialist adaptors to be used. • Fan coil units can be flushed, vented and balanced without the time-consuming 'looping out' procedure. This can be carried out by one commissioning engineer instead of a team. • A single strainer serves all circuits, eliminating the need for individual strainers. • All systems can be flushed through the unique Hook-Up H-Body. • The single DPCV maintains constant differential pressure between manifolds. Hattersley MultiComm provides one easy access point for commissioning and maintenance of multiple heating/chilled water terminal units. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 69 MULTICOMM MultiComm Mounting plate for manifolds Insulated box for Heating or Chilling Return Balancing Valves DPCV for Variable flow systems Unique H-Body for flushing Flow Isolation Valves All connections accessible without entering box Strainer PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Maximum pressure: 16 bar Temperature rating: -10 to 100°C MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component H-Body Strainer Manifolds Isolation Valves Regulation Valves Material Bronze Bronze (Fig. 817) Bronze DZR Brass (Fig. 100) Bronze (1732 or 1832) DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS TYPICAL SCHEMATIC Units with outlets and inlets on same side Outlets & Inlets Length Height Width Weight mm mm mm kg 6x6 5x5 4x4 3x3 2x2 1120 250 290 40 1120 250 290 38 880 250 290 36 880 250 290 34 640 250 290 30 Units with outlets and inlets on opposite side Outlets & Inlets Length Height Width Weight mm mm mm kg 6x6 5x5 4x4 3x3 2x2 1120 200 400 40 1120 200 400 38 880 200 400 36 880 200 400 34 640 200 400 30 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 70 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com Pressure Independent Control Valves FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Unique flow measurement for accurate commissioning and troubleshooting • Pre-set flow rates • Reacts to system changes to maintain stable flow rates • Equal percentage control characteristic ensures improved system control • Removable cartridge for flushing, complies with CIBSE and BSRIA recommendation • Also available as part of Hook-Up II flow management system Figure 305* Details available on request Call us on 0845 604 1790 Figure C270 series - Hook-Up with PICV* * Please note PICV and actuator are sold separately. or visit us online www.hattersley.com One Reading Central, Reading, Berkshire Specification: Hattersley Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valves 72 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com PROCOMM ProComm State of the-art electronics, microprocessor and hydraulics in one compact unit. The ProComm makes the on-site measurement of differential pressure and flow rates of water in HVAC systems an extremely simple operation. With a range of sophisticated features providing extremely accurate measurement, coupled with a database of over 1300 valves from 34 manufacturers worldwide, the ProComm is the ultimate instrument for commissioning engineers. Ease of use The nine button keypad allows simple navigation through the menu system that provides the option to select the most appropriate screen for the work being carried out. This can show the full parameter of data available or simply a screen showing just the differential pressure - useful for those wishing to use the ProComm as a simple manometer. Unlike any other commissioning unit, the most commonly used functions – Flow and Pressure – are shown as the default screen from the Display menu. This means that for most general commissioning purposes the most valuable data is shown at the touch of a button – in large text. DISPLAY FLOW/PRESSURE MULTI DISPLAY PRESSURE Sophistication Accuracy of measurement is one of the most important elements of the function of commissioning units. The ProComm gives differential pressure readings with accuracy better than 1% or 100 Pascals, plus, an integral damping system further improves reading confidence on unstable systems. This level of accuracy is achieved with the use of the latest wet/wet sensor technology. ProComm incorporates a unique crossover valve arrangement designed to protect the sensor, if exposed to high differential pressures. More sophistication is available as Bluetooth can be fitted as an option to enable direct communication with a laptop, PDA or another ProComm (peer to peer). Convenience Designed to be as portable as possible, the compact and lightweight unit is easily operated in the hand or may be clipped to a lanyard. The complete ProComm unit includes: • 1 x Carry case • 1 x Handheld transducer and display unit • 2 x Connector tubes with isolating valves (2 metres) • 2 x Straight Mechseal style adaptors • 2 x Angled binder style adaptors • 1 x PP3 battery • 1 x Lanyard • 1 x Set of operating instructions • 1 x Calibration certificate • 1 x Quick start guide FLOW PRESSURE SCOPE ABOUT ZERO DP 19° C 2.2 Kv s 5.3 kPa 0.26 L/S HATTERSLEY FIXED 1732 15mm Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 73 PROCOMM ProComm TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Calibrated Range: Accuracy: 0.3 kPa to 250 kPa +/- 0.03 kPa 0.3 to 1kPa +/- 0.05 kPa 1.0 to 10 kPa +/- 5% 10kPa to 250kPa Maximum Static Pressure: 10 bar Resolution: 0.01 kPa < 100kPa 0.1 kPa >100kPa ENVIRONMENT Media Temperature: Storage Temperature: Max 95°C Ambient (Avoid low temperature to protect unit/sensor) Power Supply: PP3 9v battery. Effective Operating Time: 20 hours with standard alkaline PP3 battery (Dependent on use of backlight). Calibration: Annual calibration is recommended. Valve Database: 1300 valves stored including all major European manufacturers. Pre-set Defaults Set Default Language English Pressure kPa Flow Temperature l/sec Celsius Menu Option French Italian Spanish Pa psi bar feet H2O Inches H2O metres H2O mm H2O cm H2O l/min l/hr galls/m (imp) galls/m (US) m3/hr Fahrenheit The following settings can be changed by the user Design Flow 0 l/sec Target Flow 0% Flow Alerts ON Light Timer 10 minutes Auto off Timer 10 minutes DP Cut Off 30 kPa Update time 1 second Sample time 3 seconds Specific Gravity 01:00 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 74 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com AIR VENTS/DE-AERATORS Air Vents/De-Aerators Offering an efficient performance, the Hattersley Air Vents remove inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system. Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi-boiler and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 75 AIR VENT PN10 Fig. 775 Automatic MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Removes inevitable potentially dangerous air trapped in system • Simplifies the venting process • Saves time and costs Component Material BS EN Body Cover Float Seals Anti Vacuum Cap Non Return Valve Brass Brass Polypropylene EPDM Brass Brass 12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N B455 C38000 B455 C38000 12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N B455 C38000 B455 C38000 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A BSP parallel thread. Non return valve option available in sizes 3/8" and 1/2". Isolation valve option available in sizes 3/4" and 1". 10 bar at 120ºC MAXIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE 2.5 bar NOTE D SPECIFICATION B C C D The non-return valve base allows the automatic air vent to be removed without draining the system. Brass body and cover. Polypropylene float. EPDM seals. WRAS approved product. Anti vacuum cap. 12 10 in A mm B mm C mm D mm Weight kg With Non Return Valve C mm D mm Weight kg 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 48 54.5 11.5 89.5 0.18 48 54.5 11.5 89.5 0.18 48 56 12.5 92 0.25 48 56 12.5 92 0.25 28 106 0.23 28 106 0.23 - - Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size Specification ASTM 8 6 4 Max Discharge Pressure 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 76 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES Ball Valves The Hattersley Series of ball valves consists of compact, lightweight units which are easy to install and operate, yet their ability to withstand robust construction ensures long, trouble-free service life. They offer full flow with minimum turbulence in the open position and bubble tight closure in the closed position. Only a quarter-turn is required to fully open or close the valve. Multiple operating handle options (Clockwise from top right), quarter turn lever, extended stem lever, T-Handle & lockshield 8 Secondary O-Ring seal, for additional leakage protection, aids resistance to site installation damage 1 Loctite 648 is used on the main joint threads to give more strength and resistance to installation damage 2 Hattersley pipe threads meet full gauge length 6 Available in different taper thread options BS EN 10226-2 or ANSI B1.20.1 3 Quarter turn operation provides positive isolation in conjunction with PTFE, WRAS approved seats and stem seals 7 Ball is DZR brass chrome plated, designed for a long life. Temperature range is -10° to 120˚C. Ball is full bore 5 Primary metal to metal seal 4 The New Figure 100 Series. See website for Next Generation DZR Ball Valves video. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 77 BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 100, 100EXT Threaded DZR - Lever Operated FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • • Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 1/4" to 2" WRAS Approved MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Hex-Nut Lever Sleeve Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball O-Ring Bonnet Stem Extension Stem Outer Extension Stem Inner Steel Plated Steel Dacromet Plated Green PVC Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Aluminium Brass Nickel Plated DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS L2 SIZE H Fig. 100 L1 L1 L PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS THREADED Temperature ˚C -10 to 100 120 Pressure 21.8 Fig. 100EXT bar 25 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation. SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 formerly BS21 Taper. US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983. Operator: Lever. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size L L1 L2 H H Weight Weight Fig 100 in mm mm 100 mm 100 mm 100EXT mm 100 g 100EXT g 1/4 3/8 46 46 12 12 89 89 41 41 152 136 - 1/2 58.5 15.5 98.5 48 103 205 270 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 67 80.5 94 102 124 17 21 23 23 26.5 98.5 125 140 140 165 51 62 77.5 83 95.5 107 116 129 135 150 302 511 890 1292 2238 366 589 1009 1410 2283 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 78 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 100TH, 100LS Threaded DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • • Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 1/4" to 2" WRAS Approved MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Hex-Nut T-Handle Steel Plated Aluminium AL-46100 Green Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW617N Polypropylene Green Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball O-Ring Bonnet Stem Lockshield Lockshield Cover DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS L2 SIZE H Fig. 100TH L1 L1 L PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS THREADED Fig. 100LS Temperature ˚C -10 to 100 120 Pressure 21.8 bar 25 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation. SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 formerly BS21 Taper. US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983. Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size L L1 L2 H H Weight Weight Fig 100TH 100TH 100LS 100TH 100LS in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm mm mm g g 59 15.5 50 40 42 183 207 67 17 50 43 45 277 302 80.5 21 55 54 58 470 506 94 23 82 61 67 809 867 102 23 82 67 73.5 1210 1269 124 26.5 110 80.5 86.5 2106 2166 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 79 BALL VALVES PN16 Fig. 100C, 100CEXT Compression Ended DZR - Lever Operated FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • • Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 15 to 54mm WRAS Approved MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Hex-Nut Lever Handle Sleeve Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball Bonnet Compression Olive Compression Nut Stem Extension Stem Outer Extension Stem Inner Steel Plated Steel Dacromet Plated Green PVC Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Aluminium Brass Nickel Plated DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS L2 SIZE H Fig. 100C L PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION Fig. 100CEXT Temperature ˚C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 50 14.3 12.6 65 80 90 100 110 120 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: Compression Ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Operator: Lever. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size Fig mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 L L2 H H Weight Weight C C C CEXT C CEXT mm mm mm mm g g 66.5 98.5 47 103 212 275 80 98.5 51 107 368 429 92.5 125 62 116 608 682 104.5 140 77.5 129 1007 1125 122 140 83 135 1549 1667 141 165 97.5 150 2538 2683 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 80 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES PN16 Fig. 100CTH, 100CLS Compression Ended DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • • Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 15 to 54mm WRAS Approved MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Hex-Nut T-Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball Bonnet Compression Olive Compression Nut Stem Lockshield Lockshield Cover Steel Plated Aluminium AL-46100 Green Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW617N Polypropylene Green DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS L2 SIZE H Fig. 100CTH L PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION Fig. 100CLS Temperature ˚C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 50 14.3 12.6 65 80 90 100 110 120 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size L L2 H H Weight Weight Fig mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 CTH CLS CTH CLS mm mm mm mm kg kg 66.5 50 40 42 187 220 80 50 43 45 343 376 92.5 55 54 59.5 567 614 104.5 82 61 67 977 1039 122 82 67 73.5 1487 1549 141 110 80.5 86.5 2634 2437 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 81 BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 100YL Gas Threaded DZR - Lever Operated FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 1/4" to 2" Tested to BS EN 331:1998 Component Material Hex-Nut Handle Sleeve Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Ball Seats O-Ring Bonnet Stem Dacromet Plated Steel PVC Yellow Dacromet Plated Steel Brass CW617N PTFE DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N PTFE NBR BS EN549 approval DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS H L2 SPECIFICATION SIZE UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 formerly BS21 Taper. US End Connection ANSI B1.20.1:1983. Operator: Lever. Specification: Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998. L1 L1 L PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION NON-GAS APPLICATION GAS APPLICATION Temperature ˚C -10 to 100 110 Temperature ˚C Pressure 23.5 Pressure bar 25 -20 to 60 bar 5 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size L L1 L2 H Weight in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm in in mm kg 46 12 89 41 152 46 12 89 41 136 59 15.5 98.5 48 205 67 17 98.5 51 302 80.5 21 125 63 511 94 23 140 78 890 102 23 140 83.5 1292 124 26.5 165 97.5 2238 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 82 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES PN16 Fig. 100CYL Gas Compression DZR - Lever Operated FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 15 to 54mm Tested to BS EN 331:1998 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Handle Sleeve Hex-Nut Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball O-Ring Bonnet Sleeve Sleeve Nut Stem PVC Yellow Dacromet Plated Steel Dacromet Plated Steel Brass CW617N PTFE DZR Brass CW602N PTFE CW602N NBR BS EN549 approval DZR Bras CW602N CW507L CW602N DZR Brass CW602N DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SIZE H _ L2 L SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Operator: Lever. Specification: Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION NON-GAS APPLICATION GAS APPLICATION Temperature ˚C Temperature ˚C Pressure bar -10 to 30 110 16 5 Pressure -10 to 60 bar 5 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 L L2 H Weight mm mm mm g 66.5 98.5 47 212 80 98.5 51 368 92.5 125 63 608 104.5 140 78 1007 122 140 83.5 1545 141 165 97.5 2538 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 83 BALL VALVES PN16 Fig. 108C Service Ball Valve FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Light, compact and easy to install and operate • WRAS Approved for use on wholesome (potable) water • Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube • Part of Hattersley’s extensive public health range • Chrome plated finish • Handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation Component Material Screw Handle Stem O-Ring Nut Olive Body PTFE Seat Ball Seat Retainer Steel Dacromet Plated Nylon (Ral 9017) DZR Brass Chromium Plated EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Temperature ˚C -10 to 30 65 110 120 Pressure 10 6 5 bar 16 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING L2 PN16 OPERATOR Handle (The handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation). SPECIFICATION BORE SIZE H Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube. WRAS Approved product. L1 18 L1 16 L DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm DN15 DN22 Bore L L1 L2 H Weight mm mm mm mm mm g Ø8 42 11 23 29 123 Ø14 53 13 23 34 260 Pressure bar 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 84 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 110 DZR - 3-way (T-Port) Vent Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Dezincification resistant copper alloy 3-way (T-port) vent valve • PTFE seats and seals. Blow-out proof stem • Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) • Wrench operated. Ports permanently marked • Sizes 1" to 2" Component Lever Stem Stem Seal Body Seal Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Body Ends Body Material Specification BS EN Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy PTFE EPDM DZR Copper Alloy PTFE DZR Copper Alloy DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C SPECIFICATION 90º operation. Hard chrome plated DZR ball. Valve ports permanently marked. Fixed lever. Internally threaded ends to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Blow-out proof stem. PTFE seats and stem seals. As shown in pressure/ temperature graph. TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) 25 bar pneumatic B FLOW FLOW Position 1 DRAIN E 28 A 24 1i n 20 Pressure bar Position 1 Position 2 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C E (=A/2) Weight (approx) in 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm mm kg 113 82 120 57 1.7 130 99 150 65 2.5 147 103 150 74 3.6 169 116 175 85 5.7 1 1/ 16 4 & 11 /2 in 12 8 Position 1 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 85 BALL VALVES PN40 Fig. 113 Full Bore Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Light, compact and easy to install and operate • Robust construction for long life Component Lever Stem Stem Seals Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Seat Retainer Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification ASTM Steel Copper Alloy PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Copper Alloy B16-C36000 PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Bronze Bronze BS84-C84400 BS84-C84400 B16-C36000 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 1/2" C Blow-out proof stem. Full bore hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats and stem seals. Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. to 2" sizes 40 bar from -10 to 100ºC 18 bar at 140ºC 25 bar from -10 to 100ºC 21/2" and 3" sizes 18 bar at 140ºC B 44 3/4 mm mm mm kg 55 46 82 0.25 62 55 103 0.45 32 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 73 62 106 0.70 83 70 106 1.15 92 75 150 1.70 107 82 160 2.95 144 82 162 - Pressure bar A B C Weight in 1/2 2" 36 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size 1/2" to 40 A 28 21/2" & 3" 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 Temperature C 160 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 86 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 100MHU Male Hose Union FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Worldwide availability High quality range Long and trouble-free service life Full bore PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material Shield Cover Hex-Nut Lockshield Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Ball PTFE O-Ring Bonnet Washer Tailpiece Union Ring Stem Green PP (RAL6002) Q235 Dacromet Plated CW617N CW617N PTFE(701-N) WRAS approval CW602N CW602N PTFE(701-N) WRAS approval EPDM WRAS approval CW602N PTFE(701-N) WRAS approval CW602N CW602N CW602N DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS -10°C to 100°C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H 25 bar SIZE DN SPECIFICATION Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed. L1 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size DN L L1 L2 H L2 L2 in G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 mm mm mm mm mm 15 84 14 58 41.8 20 98 15.5 66 45.3 25 109 18 77 57.7 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 87 BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 107MHU Brass with Male Union FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • • • Dezincification resistant copper alloy ball valve PTFE seats and seals Blow-out proof stem Fitted with hose union and captive cap Lockshield operation Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) Sizes 1/2" - 1" DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS D MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material BS EN T-Handle Stem Stem Seals Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Tail Tail O-Ring Union Nut Body End Body Aluminium Brass PTFE Brass Virgin PTFE Brass Nitrile Brass Brass Brass PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 32 bar from -10 to 120ºC C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) 25 bar pneumatic A Specification ASTM 12164 CW617N B124 Alloy 2 12164 CW617N B124 Alloy 2 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2 12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2 B124 Alloy 2 B124 Alloy 2 SPECIFICATION Nickel plated body. Blow-out proof stem. Full bore hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats and stem seal T-Handle. Union nut with male tail threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Internal threaded end to BS EN 2779 (ISO 228/1). B 36 32 28 Nom Size A B C D Weight in 1/2 3/4 mm mm mm mm kg 25 59 33 47 0.28 29 68 43 56 0.48 Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 88 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BALL VALVES PN25 Fig. 1807 DZR Strainer Ball Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Light, compact and easy to install and operate • Robust construction for long life Component BS EN Handle Stem Stem Seal Gland Seals Ball Seat Rings Body Screen Cap Gasket Cap DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Hard chrome plated Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Stainless Steel Asbestos Free DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N AISI 304 12165 CW602N Lever. Extension stem. Figure 103 hose outlet blowdown valve. PN25 - 1/2 to 11/2" sizes 25 bar 0° to 20ºC 7 bar at 120ºC D 12164 CW602N OPTIONAL FEATURES PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING E Specification ASTM PN20 - 2" size 20 bar 0° to 20ºC 6 bar at 120ºC TEST PRESSURES C 25 bar pneumatic 28 B SPECIFICATION 129 35 60 46 56 151 42 59 50 56 1/4 1/4 1/4 0.54 0.80 1.23 12 s ize 110 31 48 38 47 2" ze mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg 16 Si 1 "S 3/4 1 /2 1/2 o1 A B C D E Drain plug Weight in 20 "t Nom Size 24 1 /2 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Pressure bar A 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 89 BALL VALVES PN16 Fig. 1807C DZR Strainer Ball Valve FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Light, compact and easy to install and operate • Robust construction for long life DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Component Material Cap Gasket Screen Compression Ring Cap Compression Nut Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Brass DZR Copper Alloy Brass Handle Stem Stem Seals Gland Seals Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Body Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING E PN16 5 bar at 120ºC 6 bar at 110ºC 10 bar at 65ºC 16 bar at -10 to 30ºC D TEST PRESSURES C 25 bar pneumatic B Specification BS EN ASTM 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 B16 C36000 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N B16-C36000 / B124-C37700 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N SPECIFICATION DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2. Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube. A 18 16 14 Nom Size mm 15 22 28 A B C D E Drain plug Weight mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg 137 45 48 38 47 159 50 60 46 56 175 53 59 50 56 1/4 1/4 1/4 0.6 0.9 1.3 Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 90 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES Butterfly Valves Hattersley butterfly valves are compact quarter turn valves. Hattersley also offer a range of high performance butterfly valves, developed for high integrity shut-off and regulation duties. This range is ideal where increased pressure and elevated temperature specifications are outside the normal operating parameters of concentric disc valves. The Hattersley high performance valves have enhanced features to provide impeccable performance and reliability. The body is elastomer lined providing a resilient bubble tight shut off. The valves are supplied in wafer or lugged variants and may be lever or gearbox operated. Linings are EPDM or Nitrile rubber depending on the intended service conditions. Primarily recommended for on off service, they may also be used for non-critical throttling applications. Only a quarter turn is needed to fully open or close the valve. Valve Figure Number Guide Fig. No. Body CI 950 951 970 971 4941 4950 4951 4970 4971 Liner DI E • • • Disc/Pins N • • • • • • • • • • • • • A • • • SS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Shaft SS Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 91 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 950 Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern 950, 950G FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Rubber liner bonded to backing ring • Two high strength, low friction bearings for upper and lower shafts, restrain shaft deflection, ensuring effective stem sealing • Long neck for insulation • Maintenance free • Good control characteristics Component Material BS EN Body Shaft Disc Bushes O-Ring Liner Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Al Bronze PTFE Buna N EPDM PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC 15.7 bar at 130ºC TEST PRESSURES Hydrostatic Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Specification ASTM 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 10088-1 X12Cr13 A276 410 1982 CC333G B148 C95300 SPECIFICATION Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Centring holes. Aluminium bronze disc. EPDM liner. Trigger lever. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves may be used for flow regulation. J K G F A H E 18 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 16 mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 3 8 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 4 9 48 54 57 102 124 136 213 232 245 181 200 213 260 260 260 223 242 255 150 150 300 240 240 240 60 60 60 5 7 8 10 11 13 57 150 257 255 260 267 300 230 60 9 14 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 14 63 197 305 260 356 300 300 230 80 15 19 12 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 80 32 79 248 337 377 300 230 80 80 47 79 280 369 442 38 300 230 80 60 89 305 400 492 54 450 230 120 100 108 381 422 553 105 450 340 185 145 133 381 480 480 105 450 230 120 190 156 458 562 562 110 450 360 185 290 Pressure bar Nom Size 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 92 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. C950 Wafer Type Butterfly Valve FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Rubber liner bonded to backing ring • Two high strength, low friction bearings for upper and lower shafts, restrain shaft deflection, ensuring effective stem sealing • Long neck for insulation • Maintenance free • Good control characteristics Component Material BS EN Body Operating Shaft Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Disc Taper Pins Al Bronze Stainless Steel Bushes O-Ring Liner PTFE Buna N EPDM PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Specification ASTM 1563 EN-JS1030 10088-1 X12Cr13 1982 CC333G 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A536 65-45-12 A276 410 Shaft B148 C95300 A276 316 SPECIFICATION Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Centring holes. Aluminium bronze disc. EPDM liner. Trigger lever. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves may be used for flow regulation. 16 bar from -10 to 120°C 15.7 bar at 130°C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar E DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS J G C F D H B DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm Weight kg PED Categorisation Valve size Group 2 Liquids Cat. A 18 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 3 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 4 48 102 213 181 260 223 150 240 60 5 54 124 232 200 260 242 150 240 60 7 57 136 245 213 260 255 300 240 60 8 57 150 257 225 260 267 300 230 60 9 63 197 305 260 356 300 300 230 80 15 70 210 79 248 16 292 337 12 332 300 230 80 31 377 300 230 80 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP SEP 14 Pressure bar Nom Size 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 93 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 970 Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern 970, 970G FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Available up to DN600 Valve body fully-lugged Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics Component Material Specification BS EN Body Shaft Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Disc Bushes (up to 100mm) 125mm and above Bronze O-Ring Liner PTFE Bronze (lubricated) Buna N EPDM PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Fully-lugged. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. PN16 from -10 up to 130ºC TEST PRESSURES Hydrostatic Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ASTM 1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A532 Gr316 1982 CC333G B148-C95300 J G K F A H D 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 14 mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 A mm D mm F mm G mm H mm J mm K mm Shaft size A/F mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg 43 165 264 250 182 123 125 10 4.6 5.4 46 185 272 250 190 123 125 10 5.4 6.2 46 200 279 250 197 123 125 10 7.2 8.0 52 220 301 250 219 123 125 12 8.8 9.6 56 250 314 250 232 123 125 12 12 12 56 285 345 315 254 123 125 16 14 15 60 340 369 315 278 123 125 16 20 21 68 405 281 228 300 24 33 78 460 306 228 300 24 45 78 520 354 228 300 24 55 102 580 408 305 400 30 91 114 640 433 305 400 30 111 127 715 458 305 400 30 136 154 840 557 305 400 30 225 Pressure bar Nom Size 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 94 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 950W Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern 950W, 950WG FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Rubber liner bonded to steel backing ring • Two high strength, low friction bearings for upper and lower shafts, restrain shaft deflection, ensuring effective stem sealing • Long neck for insulation • Maintenance free • Good control characteristics Component Material BS EN Body Shaft Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Disc Bushes (up to 100mm) 125mm and above Bronze PTFE Bronze (lubricated) Buna N EPDM O-Ring Liner PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Specification ASTM 1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A532 Gr316 1982 CC333G B148-C95300 SPECIFICATION Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Semi-lugged. Aluminium bronze or stainless steel disc. WRAS approved. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. PN16 from -10 up to 110ºC TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar J DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS K G F A H E 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 14 mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 A mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm K mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg 42 80 183 270 279 154 152 4 8 45 89 197 270 302 154 152 5 9 45 95 203 270 314 154 152 5 10 52 114 222 270 352 154 152 6 11 54 127 235 270 378 154 152 9 13 56 139 248 270 403 154 152 10 14 61 175 282 270 478 238 300 15 19 66 203 537 238 300 32 77 242 622 222 300 47 77 267 678 222 300 59 87 301 764 300 300 93 106 327 812 300 300 117 132 152 361 459 918 1098 350 350 300 300 - Pressure bar Nom Size 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 95 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 970W Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Available up to DN600 Valve body fully lugged Suitable for end of line duty up to 10 bar Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics Component Material BS EN Body Shaft Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Disc Bushes (up to 100mm) 125mm and above Bronze PTFE Bronze (lubricated) Buna N EPDM O-Ring Liner PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING PN16 from -10 up to 120ºC TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Specification ASTM 1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A532 Gr316 1982 CC333G B148-C95300 SPECIFICATION Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Fully-lugged. Aluminium bronze disc. WRAS approved. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. J G K A F H 18 D 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 14 mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 A mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm K mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg 42 80 183 270 279 154 152 4 8 45 89 197 270 302 154 152 5 9 45 95 203 270 314 154 152 5 10 52 114 222 270 352 154 152 6 11 54 127 235 270 378 154 152 9 13 56 139 248 270 403 154 152 10 14 61 175 282 270 478 238 300 15 19 66 203 537 238 300 32 77 242 622 222 300 47 77 267 678 222 300 59 87 301 764 300 300 93 106 327 812 300 300 117 132 152 361 459 918 1098 350 350 300 300 - Pressure bar Nom Size 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 96 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 951 and 951G Semi-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern to BS EN 593:2009 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • Aluminium Bronze disc Stainless Steel shaft 951 - Trigger lever, 951G - Gearbox operated Sizes 350 to 600mm PN16 only Valves are suitable for use with flanges conforming to BS EN 1092-2 PN10 or PN16 and ANSI B16.1 Class 125 (sizes 2" to 12") Component Material Body Disc Liner Shaft Taper Pin Key O-Ring Bushing Lever & Screw Stop Plate Ductile Iron ASTM A536 (Epoxy Paint) Aluminium Bronze Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90°C Stainless Steel Type 410 Stainless Steel Type 316 Carbon Steel Buna-N PTFE Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint) Carbon Steel (Zn Plated) PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Semi-lugged. PN16 from -10 up to 90˚C TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 at the following test pressures: Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS D F Fig 951 Nom Size mm 50 A B C D E F G Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 195 207 213 232 83 95 102 124 44 48 48 54 32 32 32 32 102 121 130 171 260 260 260 260 32 46 64 90 3.5 4 5.4 6.7 65 80 100 125 150 245 136 57 32 197 260 111 9 257 150 57 32 219 260 145 9.9 200 A 305 197 63 44 268 356 193 16.4 B mm 50 65 A B C D E F G K Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 162 83 44 42 102 150 32 240 15 175 95 48 42 121 150 46 240 15.5 K C G Fig 951G Nom Size Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with a fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. Suitable for gas applications. Figures 951 and 951G are suitable for Group 1 and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. D E F 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 181 102 48 42 130 150 64 240 16.9 200 124 54 42 171 150 90 240 18.2 213 136 57 42 197 300 111 240 20.5 225 150 57 42 219 300 145 240 21.4 260 197 63 40 268 300 193 230 29 292 210 70 40 332 300 241 230 33.5 337 248 79 40 410 300 290 230 45.8 368 279 79 40 435 300 325 230 56.2 400 305 89 508 450 380 277 88.4 422 381 108 543 450 427 277 110.2 479 381 133 592 450 474 321 160.5 562 457 156 708 450 574 335 260 A B C G E Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 97 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 971 and 971G Fully-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern to BS EN 593: 2009 FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • • • • Aluminium Bronze disc Stainless Steel shaft 971 - Trigger lever, 971G - Gearbox operated Valves are suitable for use with flanges conforming to BS EN 1092-2 PN10 or PN16 - Sizes 65-150mm • Sizes 200-600mm PN16 only Component Material Body Disc Liner Shaft Taper Pin Key O-Ring Bushing Lever & Screw Stop Plate Ductile Iron ASTM A536 (Epoxy Paint) Aluminium Bronze Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90˚C Stainless Steel Type 410 Stainless Steel Type 316 Carbon Steel Buna-N PTFE Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint) Carbon Steel (Zn Plated) PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING PN16 from -10 up to 90˚C TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 at the following test pressures: Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS D F Fig. 971 Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 A B C D E F G Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 195 207 83 95 44 48 32 32 102 121 260 260 32 46 4 4.5 213 102 48 32 130 260 64 7.2 232 124 54 32 171 260 90 12.6 245 136 57 32 197 260 111 13.5 SPECIFICATION Fully-lugged. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with a fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. Suitable for gas applications. Fig. 971 and 971G are suitable for Group 1 and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. 257 150 57 32 219 260 145 14.9 A 305 197 63 44 268 356 193 24.1 B K C G E D Fig. 971G F Nom Size mm 50 65 80 A B C D E F G K Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 162 83 44 42 102 150 32 240 15.5 175 95 48 42 121 150 46 240 16 181 102 48 42 130 150 64 240 18.7 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 200 124 54 42 171 150 90 240 24.1 213 136 57 42 197 300 111 240 25 225 150 57 42 219 300 145 240 26.4 260 197 63 40 268 300 193 230 36.7 292 210 70 40 332 300 241 230 47.1 337 248 79 40 410 300 290 230 62.1 368 279 79 40 435 300 325 230 84.9 400 305 89 508 450 380 277 123.8 422 381 108 543 450 427 277 139.7 479 381 133 592 450 474 321 215.5 600 562 457 156 708 450 574 335 337.3 A B C G E Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 98 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 980ANSI Ductile Iron Fully Lugged Butterfly Valve Class 150 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Material BS EN Body Operating Shaft Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Disc Al Bronze Taper pins Stainless Steel Bushes O-Ring Liner EDPM Buna N EPDM PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS E A536 65-45-12 A276 410 B150 C63000 10088-1 A276 316 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 SPECIFICATION TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 29.5 bar Seat: 21.6 bar B 1563 EN-JS1030 10088-1 X12Cr13 12165 CW307G Generally conforms to BS EN 593. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Fully lugged. Aluminium bronze disk. EPDM liner phenolic backed. Trigger Lever. Valves DN200 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Suitable for fitting between flanges to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and 150. Valves may be used for flow regulation. 19.65 bar from -10 to 37.8°C 16.93 bar at 120°C D C Specification ASTM A OPEN CLOSED G 50:1 F D J H 22 20 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B C D E F G H J Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 10 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 11 48 102 213 181 260 223 150 240 60 12 54 124 232 200 260 242 150 240 60 13 57 136 245 213 260 255 300 240 60 16 57 150 257 225 260 267 300 230 60 19 63 197 260 300 300 230 80 30 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 40 79 248 337 377 300 230 80 53 Pressure bar 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 99 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 Fig. 4970/4970G Ductile Iron Fully-lugged MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • Available up to DN600 Valve body fully-lugged Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics Component DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification BS EN ASTM Body Operating Shaft Disc Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Taper Pins Stainless Steel 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 10088-1 X12Cr13 A276 410 110213-4 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 A351 CF8M 10088-1X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A276 316 Bushes O-Ring Liner PTFE Buna N EPDM PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 16 bar from -10 to 120°C 15.7 bar at 130°C TEST PRESSURES Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar SPECIFICATION Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Fully-lugged. Stainless steel disc. EPDM liner. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves may be used for flow regulation. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves DN450 and larger supplied with spur gear unit as part of gear operator. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 A B C D E F G H J Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 3 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 4 48 102 213 181 260 223 150 240 60 6 54 124 232 200 260 242 150 240 60 12 57 136 245 213 260 255 300 240 60 13 57 150 257 225 260 267 300 230 60 14 63 197 305 260 356 300 300 230 80 22 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 43 79 248 337 377 300 230 80 57 79 280 369 520 38 300 230 80 65 89 305 400 580 54 450 230 120 104 108 381 422 640 105 450 340 185 150 133 381 480 715 105 450 340 185 198 156 458 562 840 110 450 360 185 300 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 100 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 DN50-150 Fig. 4990 Steel Fully-lugged FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Lever Material Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Specification BS EN ASTM 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 AISI 431 AISI 431 PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS L Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied lever operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, alternative flanges available. Wafer pattern available figure 4985 PN16. 16 bar from -10 to 163ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar B 18 A 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B H C L Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 43 123 215 27 265 - 46 131 215 27 265 - 46 150 225 27 265 - 52 175 244 35 265 - 56 187 260 35 265 - 56 218 270 42 265 - Pressure bar 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 101 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 DN50-150 Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Gearbox Handwheel F DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS D C Material Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Cast Iron Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 AISI 431 AISI 431 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, alternative flanges available. Wafer pattern available figure 4985G PN16. 16bar from -10 to 163ºC 3.4bar at 204ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Specification BS EN ASTM Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar B 18 A E 16 14 Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 - 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 - 46 150 225 27 200 39 159 - 52 175 244 27 200 39 159 - 56 187 260 27 200 39 159 - 56 218 270 27 200 39 159 - Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 102 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 DN200-500 Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel F DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Specification BS EN ASTM Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING D C Material TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar B AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, alternative flanges available. Wafer pattern available figure 4985G PN16. 18 E A A216 WCB SPECIFICATION 16 bar from -10 to 163ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC H 10213-2 GP240GH 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 16 14 Nom Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 60 294 320 35 300 52 197 - 68 333 366 42 300 67 223 - 78 382 390 42 300 67 223 - 78 398 425 50 457 90 279 - 102 448 440 50 457 90 279 - - 127 555 510 50 457 123 331 - Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 103 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN25 DN50-150 Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 AISI 431 AISI 431 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009. F D C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available. 25 bar from -10 to 135ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar B A 28 E 24 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 65 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 65 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 32 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47 Pressure bar 20 Nom Size 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 104 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN25 DN200-500 Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel F DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING D C Material 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 AISI 431 AISI 431 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION 25 bar from -10 to 135ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Specification BS EN ASTM Body: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available. B 28 E A 24 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 89 294 369 42 300 67 223 73 114 333 396 50 457 90 229 126 114 382 461 50 457 123 331 167 127 398 477 50 457 154 356 243 140 448 557 66 610 138 477 340 152 473 583 66 610 138 477 454 152 555 643 66 610 138 477 493 Pressure bar 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 105 BUTTERFLY VALVES PN40 DN65-150 Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Gearbox Handwheel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Cast Iron Steel F DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material D C 10213-2 GP240GH 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 A216 WCB AISI 431 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 40 bar from -10 to 90ºC 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Specification BS EN ASTM Body: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available. B 45 A E 40 35 Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 64 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 64 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 32 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47 Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 106 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com BUTTERFLY VALVES PN40 DN200-500 Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values Component Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel F DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 40 bar from -10 to 90ºC D 20.7 bar at 149ºC 3.4 bar at 204ºC C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) H Body: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar B Specification BS EN ASTM 10213-2 GP240GH 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-33 X8CrNiS 18-9 AISI 420 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 AISI 431 AISI 431 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available. 45 E A A216 WCB 40 35 Nom Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 89 294 369 42 300 67 223 79 114 333 396 50 457 90 279 143 114 382 461 50 457 123 331 203 127 398 477 50 457 154 356 288 140 448 557 66 610 138 477 415 152 473 583 66 610 138 477 469 152 555 643 66 610 138 477 589 Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 107 The Cube, Birmingham Specification: Hattersley Hook-Ups 108 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES Check Valves Check valves permit flow in one direction only, and close automatically if flow reverses. They are entirely automatic in action, depending upon pressure and velocity of flow within the line to perform their functions of opening and closing. Most Hattersley swing check valves can be installed in horizontal or vertical upward flow piping. Lift check valves must be used in horizontal lines only. Compressed air service requires a horizontal lift check valve with a nitrile rubber facing on the disc and fitted with a recoil spring. The valve should always be installed as far away from the compressor as possible. Hattersley offers four basic types of bronze check valves, namely: Double check valves are designed to prevent contamination of water caused by back syphonage, back flow and cross connection in supplies such as those to hose taps, cisterns, stand pipes, showers and basins. • Horizontal lift check • Vertical lift check • Swing check • Double check Swing check valves, having 6 diameters of straight lengths of pipe upstream and 3 diameters downstream, are suitable for velocities up to 3 metres/second. If the valve is situated such that turbulent flow enters the valve, the velocity should not exceed 2 metres/second. When selecting valves, reference to codes of practice and other mandatory specifications should be made which may preclude certain types for specific applications. Valves, where designated, are WRAS Approved Products and listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory. Horizontal lift check valves are primarily used for air, gas and steam services whilst swing check valves are most suitable for water and other liquids. For air, gas and low pressure applications, especially where bubble tight closure is required, a valve with rubber faced disc is necessary. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 109 CHECK VALVES PN32 Fig. 42 Bronze - Horizontal Lift MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Robust and high quality bronze body Horizontal lift pattern Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21) Component Material BS EN Body Cap Disc (1/4" - 1") DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Bronze Bronze Bronze 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. Horizontal lift pattern. Metal to metal seat. Guilded disc. Threaded cap. Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21). Available taper threaded NPT to ASTM B1.20.1 (42AT). BS 5154 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC B Specification ASTM TEST PRESSURES Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic) Seat: 35.2 bar (hydraulic) 36 32 A 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm kg 60 39 0.5 74 43 0.7 86 51 1.6 99 58 1.7 109 64 2.5 130 70 3.5 16 12 am A B Weight in 20 Ste Nom Size 24 8 ur ate d DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Pressure bar 28 4 0 t Sa 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 110 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES PN25 Fig. 47 Bronze - Swing Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Horizontal swing pattern Robust and high quality bronze body Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21) Component Material BS EN Cap Hinge Pin Bronze Stainless Steel Hinge Disc Nut Body Hinge Disc Disc (11/4" - 3") Stainless Steel Brass Bronze Bronze Brass Bronze DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154 25 bar -10 to 100ºC 10.5 bar at 186ºC TEST PRESSURES B Specification ASTM 1982 CC491K 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 970 GR316S11 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 A276-316L B455 C38500 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B455 C38500 B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. Horizontal swing pattern. Threaded cover. Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21). Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic) Seat: 27.5 bar (hydraulic) 28 24 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B Weight in mm mm kg 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 48 48 58 66 80 89 95 108 155 190 33 33 38 42 49 56 65 76 98 99 0.20 0.19 0.32 0.43 0.61 1.01 1.34 2.12 4.08 5.76 Pressure bar 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 111 CHECK VALVES PN32 SERIES A Fig. 48 Bronze - Oblique Swing Pattern MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Oblique swing pattern • Robust and high quality bronze body • Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Component Cap Hinge Pin Hinge Hinge Pin Plug Disc Disc Nut Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS5154 PN32 Series A 14 bar at 260ºC 32 bar from -10 to 120ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 48 bar Seat: 35.2 bar Specification BS EN 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW617N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B16-C36000 B62 C83600 B124 Alloy 2 B62 C83600 B16-C36000 B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION Oblique swing pattern. Threaded cover. Metal to metal seat. Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipe (with vertical flow upwards). A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm kg 60 45 0.28 70 50 0.42 86.4 58 0.62 96 68 1.0 116 75 1.4 136 94 2.1 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 112 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 49 Bronze - Vertical Lift Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body • Suitable for mounting horizontally or vertically • Resilient seat Component Body Disc Spring End Cap Seat DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze EPDM Specification BS EN 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 10270 X10CrNr18-8 1982 CC491K SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Bronze body. Stainless steel spring. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1. Suitable for mounting horizontally or vertically (flow upwards). Resilient seat. BS 5154 PN32 Series B 32 bar from -10 to 120ºC TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) Body: 6 bar Seat: 6 bar A B62 C83600 B62 C83600 A276-304 B62 C83600 36 32 B DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm kg 53 33 0.18 59 40 0.27 67 50 0.44 79 60 0.63 84 66 0.93 96 80 1.4 Pressure bar 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 113 CHECK VALVES PN16 Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Single & Double Check (Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Compression ends for use with half hard R250 copper pipe • Single, double and chromium plated options available Component Body Specification BS EN DZR Brass 12165 CW602N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 16 bar from -10 to 85ºC C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) E B Material Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar B A D Fig. 249 & 249C SPECIFICATION Fig. No. 249 Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm Fig. No. 249C Double Check chromium plated - 15mm Manufactured to BS 6282. WRAS approved PN16 85ºC. Application: Water. End Connection: Compression. Back Flow Prevention Device category: Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999. Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 Fig. 249 22 Fig. 249 28 Fig. 249 15 Fig. 249C A B C D E Weight (approx) mm mm mm mm mm kg 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116 74.6 10.5 22.2 91.4 27.5 0.212 88.6 12.5 28.25 106.3 30.5 0.360 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 114 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES PN16 Fig. 761 and 2761 Aquacheck® Non Return Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Spring loaded axially guided disc Positive non-slam shut-off Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Resilient seat located in body Component Body Plunger DN50-150 Plunger DN200-400 Seat Retaining Ring Seat Guide Spring Ductile Iron Bronze Cast Iron Steel Xylan Coated Nitrile Bronze Stainless Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE Spring Loaded axially guided disc. Resilient Seat located in body. RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Single Check Valve Fig. 761 Material Double Check Valve configuration Fig. 2761 16 bar from -10 to 85ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar D B Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Alternative pressure ratings to PN25. Alternative flange details including BS EN 1092-2 PN25 and PN40 and ANSI B16.1 Class 125. NOTES Sizes: 50mm to 250mm WRAS Approved. 300mm is not WRAS Approved. 18 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B D Weight 761 Weight 2761 mm mm mm kg kg 120 119 240 241 165 185 5 7 11 15 130 260 200 9 20 155 310 220 13 27 230 460 285 28 58 280 560 340 47 97 344 688 405 83 168 200 403 250 21 44 385 770 460 123 249 Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide. Pressure bar A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 Temperature ˚C 100 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 115 CHECK VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 1013 Bronze - Horizontal Lift Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Robust and high quality bronze body Horizontal lift pattern Replaceable PFTE, glass filled disc Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21) Component Cap (11/4" to 2") Cap (1/2" to 1") Disc Holder Disc Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Bronze Brass Bronze PTFE Glass Filled Bronze Specification BS EN 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B16 C36000 B62 C83600 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. Horizontal lift pattern. Replaceable PTFE - glass filled disc. Guilded disc. Threaded cap. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. BS 5154 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC B TEST PRESSURES Body: 6 bar - pneumatic Seat: 35.2 bar - hydraulic 36 A 32 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm kg 60 39 0.4 74 43 0.6 86 51 1.1 99 58 1.3 109 64 2.1 130 70 3.4 20 16 12 am A B Weight in Ste Nom Size 24 8 ate d DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Pressure bar 28 0 ur 4 t Sa 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 116 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES PN25 Fig. 3047 Bronze - Swing Pattern MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Horizontal swing pattern Robust and high quality bronze body Various disc materials available Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21) Component Body Cap Disc Holder (1/2" to 1") Disc Holder (11/4" to 2") Disc Disc Nut Disc Retaining Washer Hinge Hinge Pin Hinge Nut Identification Plate Drive Screw Material Bronze Bronze Brass Bronze Nitrile Brass Brass Bronze Stainless Steel Brass Aluminium Steel Electro Brassed Specification BS EN 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 2751 BA80 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 970 GR316S11 12164 CW614N SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Horizontal swing pattern. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS BS 5154:1991 PN25 25 bar from -10 to restricted 90ºC TEST PRESSURES B Body: 6 bar - pneumatic Seat: 27.5 bar - hydraulic Threaded cover. Alternative disc materials available. Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipe (with vertical flow upwards). A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm kg 58 38 0.33 66 42 0.43 80 49 0.63 89 56 1.01 95 65 1.34 108 76 2.12 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 117 CHECK VALVES PN25 Fig. M650 Ductile Iron - Swing Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Suitable for velocities of up to 3 metres/second Ideal for water or other liquids Bolted cover Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines Component Cover Cover Gasket Hinge Pin Hinge Disc Disc Face Ring Body Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification BS EN Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Bronze Bronze Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1050 970 420537 1563 EN-JS 1050 1563 EN-JS 1050 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1563 EN-JS 1050 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS EN 12334:2001 PN25. Horizontal swing pattern. Bolted cover. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25. Copper alloy trim. Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines (with vertical flow upwards). BS EN 12334 PN25 25 bar from -10 to 120ºC 21.5 bar at 220ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) PN25 Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar 28 A 24 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 203 121 16 216 135 22 241 141 28 292 168 40 330 182 62 495 267 144 622 305 232 356 215 82 699 343 310 12 team 50 mm mm kg 8 dS mm A B Weight 16 at ur ate Nom Size Pressure bar 20 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 4 S 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 118 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES PN16 Fig. M651 Cast Iron - Swing Pattern MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Suitable for velocities of up to 3 metres/second Ideal for water or other liquids Bolted cover Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines Component Cover Cover Gasket Hinge Pin Hinge Pin Plug Hinge Disc Disc Face Ring Body Seat Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Cast Iron Reinforced Compressed Graphite Brass Brass Ductile Iron Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING BS EN 1092-2 PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC 11.8 bar at 230ºC B TEST PRESSURES Seat: 17.6 bar (hydraulic) Body: 24 bar (hydraulic) Specification BS EN ASTM 1561 EN JLI040 A126 CI B 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N 1563 EN-JS1040 1561 EN JLI040 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN JLI040 B16-C36000 B16-C36000 A536 70-50-05 A126 CI B B62-C83600 B62-C83600 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION BS EN 12334:2001. Face to Face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 10. Cast iron body. Bolted cover. Bronze trim. Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipes (with the flow upwards). Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Flanges drilled to BS 10 available. 18 16 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B Weight mm mm kg 203 113 13 216 133 18 241 143 21 292 163 35 356 212 68 495 257 113 622 298 218 330 197 48 699 330 282 Pressure bar 14 PN16 ANSI 125 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 119 CHECK VALVES PN16 ANSI 125 Fig. M653 Cast Iron with Lever and Weight FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Lever and weight offers the ability to alter the flow resistance • Bolted cover • Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines • Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Component Cover Cover Gasket Hinge Pin Plug Hinge Gland Packing Disc Disc Face Ring Body Ring Body Counter Weight Operating Shaft Operating Lever Spring Material Cast Iron Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 10270 X10CrNr18-8 1561 EN JS1050 A276-304 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A126 CI B A126 CI B A276-316L A276-304 A276-304 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 and bolted cover DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS BS EN 12334:2001 PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC BS 5153 ANSI 11.8 bar at 230ºC 9 bar at 218ºC 13.8 bar from -10 to 66ºC B TEST PRESSURES Outside lever and adjustable weight. If valve fig number M653 is to be used in a vertical pipeline this must meet ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Copper alloy trim. Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines (with vertical flow upwards). BS EN 12334:2001 PN16. be stated on order so that the lever and weight assembly can be positioned accordingly. PN16 Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar 18 Class 125 Shell: 24.1 bar Seat: 13.8 bar C DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 203 121 200 21 216 135 200 27 241 141 215 33 292 168 250 45 356 215 290 86 495 267 580 152 622 305 730 244 330 182 300 66 699 343 720 320 16 14 Pressure bar A PN16 ANSI 125 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 120 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com CHECK VALVES PN16 Fig. 850 Cast Iron - Wafer Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Double door wafer pattern with spring assisted closure • Elastomer seat vulcanised to the body casting to ensure extended seal life • Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines • Ideal for fitting between flanges to BS EN 1092-2 Component Material Body Seat Disc Shaft Spring Washer Seal Setscrew Stop Pin Bushing Specification BS EN Cast Iron EPDM Gunmetal Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel EPDM Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Teflon DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS BS1400 LG2 BS970 BS970 304 S12 BS970 BS970 304 S12 BS970 304 S12 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 16 bar up to 120°C Ø/C BS1452 GR220 TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Face-to-face in accordance with BS 5155 (long pattern) ISO 5752 (long pattern). Suitable for fitting between flanges to BS 4504 PN10/16. ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and BS 10 Table D/E. Sizes 250mm and above are fitted with an eyebolt. E B Ø/D Ø/A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 65 A B C D E Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 118 45 59 84 13.7 3 80 100 140 158 64 64 69 90 100 115 15.7 25.2 4 5 125 150 200 250 300 188 70 110 135 33.7 6 268 89 185 210 61.2 13 325 114 225 256 71.7 23 375 430 475 114 127 140 278 331 381 306 356 406 96.7 121.7 146.7 31 48 62 212 76 136 160 43.2 9 350 400 450 500 600 528 150 430 460 155 86 580 152 475 510 175 104 690 178 575 610 195 181 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 121 CHECK VALVES PN25 Fig. 850 Cast Iron - Wafer Pattern FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Double door wafer pattern with spring assisted closure • Elastomer seat vulcanised to the body casting to ensure extended seal life • Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines • Ideal for fitting between flanges to BS EN 1092-2 Component Specification BS EN Body Plate Spring Hinge Pin Stop Pin Retainer Body Bearing Plate Bearing Eye Bolt Seat DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A536 65-45-12 B584 C83600 SUS 316 SUS 304 SUS 304 A105 SUS 304 SUS 304 A105 EPDM SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 25 bar up to 120°C C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar Face-to-face in accordance with BS 5155 (long pattern) ISO 5752 (long pattern). Suitable for fitting between flanges to BS 4504 PN10/16. ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and BS 10 Table D/E. Sizes 150mm and above are fitted with an eyebolt. Ø/B Ø/A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 86 60 43 1.8 105 60 54 2.5 124 73 54 3.5 137 89 57 4.5 168 114 64 8 222 168 76 13 276 219 95 28 340 273 108 45 400 324 143 68 457 356 184 95 507 406 191 132 565 457 203 147 625 508 213 202 194 141 70 10 731 610 222 265 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 122 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES Gate Valves Hattersley gate valves offer the ultimate in dependable service wherever minimum pressure drop is important. They serve as efficient stop valves with fluid flow in either direction. The straight through design offers little resistance to flow and reduces pressure drop to a minimum. A gate-like disc - actuated by a Fig. No. PN Rating Series 35 PN16† 16 30C† 16 30CLS† stem screw and handwheel - moves up and down at right angles to the path of flow, and seats against two seat faces to shut off the flow. Gate valves are not recommended for throttling since the control characteristic is not appropriate and subsequent damage, due to erosion, may prevent the valve providing an effective shut off. End Connections Size Range Bonnet Pattern Wedge Material B Flanged 15 - 100mm Threaded Bronze B Compression 15 - 54mm Threaded Bronze 16 B Compression 15 - 54mm Threaded Bronze 30*† 20 B Threaded DZR Alloy 20 B Threaded Threaded DZR Alloy 33X*† 20 B Threaded 1/4 - 3" 1/4 - 3" 1/4 - 4" Threaded 30LS*† Threaded Bronze 33XLS*† 20 B Threaded Threaded Bronze 33* 32 B Threaded Threaded Bronze 669 32 B Threaded 1/4 - 4" 1/4 - 3" 1/4 - 2" Union Bronze 28 - - Threaded Threaded Bronze 609 32 A Threaded 1/2 - 3" 1/4 - 3" Threaded Bronze End Connections Size Range Pattern † WRAS Approved Product * Kitemarked to the relevant British Standard Fig. No. PN Rating Class Rating M549 PN6 6 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Inside Screw M549E - 100 Flanged 2 - 12" Inside Screw M552 PN6 6 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Outside Screw M552E - 100 Flanged 2 - 12" Inside Screw 1552 PN6 6 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Outside Screw M511 PN10 10 - Flanged 50 - 150mm Inside Screw M541 PN16 16 - Flanged 50 - 400mm Inside Screw 1541 PN16 16 - Flanged 50 - 400mm Inside Screw M544 PN16 16 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Outside Screw M540 PN25 Outside Screw 25 - Flanged 50 - 150mm 501 ANSI - 125 Flanged 2 - 12" Inside Screw 504 ANSI - 125 Flanged 2 - 12" Outside Screw Alternative Trim Materials Prefix 1: All Iron Prefix 4: Stainless Steel Prefix 5: Aluminium Bronze Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 123 GATE VALVES PN20 SERIES B Fig. 33X - 33XLS Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Component Material BS EN Body Bonnet Stem (1/4" to 2") Stem (21/2" & 3") Stem (4") Disc Stuffing Box (1/4" to 2") Stuffing Box (21/2" & 3") Stuffing Box 4" Packing Ring Gland (1/2" to 3") Gland (4") Lockshield Cap Packing Nut (1/2" to 3") Packing Nut (4") Handwheel Identification Plate Gasket Handwheel Nut Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Brass Al Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Brass Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Bronze Brass Brass Bronze Aluminium Aluminium Fibre Brass PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B 9 bar at 180ºC 20 bar from -10 to 100ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) D Air Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar A 33X Specification ASTM 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 12163 CW301G 1982 CC491K 12164 CW602N 12165 CW617N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K B505 C83600 B62 C83600 B150 C64200 B505 C83600 B124 C37700 B505 C83600 B62 C83600 B62-C83600 12164 CW614N SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. WRAS Approved Product. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (33XAT) 1/2 to 4". Available with lockshield (33XLS) up to 2". 33XLS DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size in 1/4 3/8 A mm 46 46 B mm 75 75 C mm 57 57 D mm 87 87 Weight kg 0.27 0.26 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 51 55 63 71 73 83 82 95 118 144 166 190 5 69 69 76 81 94 86 112 124 149 175 196 0.35 0.55 0.84 1.18 1.66 2.55 21/2 3 4 96 219 140 4.30 105 259 150 6.4 162 366 232 18.37 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 124 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN20 SERIES B Fig. 30 - 30LS DZR FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Dezincification Resistant Brass prevents corrosion and fungal growth • Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Component Handwheel Nut Identification Plate Handwheel Stem Packing Nut Gland Packing Ring Body Disc Stuffing Box Bonnet Material Specification BS EN Brass Aluminium Aluminium DZR Brass Brass Brass Asbestos Free DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass 12164 CW614N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B 9 bar at 180ºC 20 bar from -10 to 100ºC E TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Air Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar A 30 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. WRAS Approved Product. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with lockshield (30LS). Available with NPT thread (30AT). 30LS DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C D Lockshield key Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm mm Fig. Ref kg 51.6 90 56.8 80 391 A 0.32 56 100 56.8 85 391 A 0.45 64 120 69.2 105 391 2 0.7 72 125 69.2 110 391 2 1.22 75 145 75.5 130 391 2A 1.55 91 170 81.5 155 391 3 2.45 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 125 GATE VALVES PN16 Fig. 30C Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Offers the ultimate in dependable service wherever minimum pressure drop is important • WRAS Approved for use with potable water • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Component Body Bonnet Stem Disc Stem Retainer Packing Ring Gland (28-54 only) Packing Nut Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut Compression Olive Compression Nut Material Specification BS EN Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Bronze DZR Brass Asbestos Free Brass Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass Brass Brass BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L BS EN 12165 CW617N PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION Temperature ˚C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 50 65 80 90 100 110 120 14.3 12.6 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation. PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C Across Protrusions PN16 TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar B SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1057:2006: Half hard R250. Operator: Handwheel. Gate valves are best for services that require infrequent valve operation and where the disc is kept either fully open or closed. They are not practical for throttling. Valves are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 12288: 2010 (formerly BS 5154) PN20 for Series B ratings, but are limited to the pressure/temperature ratings detailed in BS EN 1057:2006 for compression end fittings. This valve is to be used on Group 2 liquids only, as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. D A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 69 74 48 26.5 0.34 75 86 69 23.5 0.50 86 105 76 25.5 0.70 100 110 81 30.5 0.95 111 130 94 34.5 1.45 133 152 100 37 2.50 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 126 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN16 Fig. 30CLS Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Offers the ultimate in dependable service wherever minimum pressure drop is important • WRAS Approved for use with potable water • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Component Body Bonnet Stem Disc Stem Retainer Packing Ring Gland (28-54 only) Lockshield Compression Olive Compression Nut Material Specification BS EN Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Bronze DZR Brass Asbestos Free Brass Brass Brass Brass BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L BS EN 12165 CW617N PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION Temperature ˚C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 50 65 80 90 100 110 120 14.3 12.6 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5 Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING PN16 TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar B SPECIFICATION UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1057: 2006: Half hard R250. Operator: Handwheel. Gate valves are best for services that require infrequent valve operation and where the disc is kept either fully open or closed. They are not practical for throttling. Valves are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 12288:2010 (formerly BS 5154) PN20 for Series B ratings, but are limited to the pressure/temperature ratings detailed in BS EN 1057:2006 for compression end fittings. This valve is to be used on Group 2 liquids only, as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. D A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm A mm B mm D mm Weight kg 15 22 28 35 42 54 69 78 26.5 0.34 75 90 23.5 0.50 86 110 25.5 0.70 100 115 30.5 0.95 111 136 34.5 1.45 133 160 37 2.50 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 127 GATE VALVES PN16 SERIES B Fig. C31 Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Inside screw pattern with rising stem • Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar Component Material BS EN Handwheel Stem Gland Packing Stem Ring Bonnet Wedge Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Cast Iron Brass PTFE Brass Bronze Bronze Bronze 7 bar at 170°C 16 bar from -10 to 100°C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B 1561 EN-JL1030 12164 CW603N A126 CI B B16 C36000 12164 CW603N 1982 CC490K 1982 CC490K 1982 CC490K B16 C36000 B584 C84400 B584 C84400 B584 C84400 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C Specification ASTM Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Bronze body and bonnet. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (C31AT) subject to minimum quantities. Generally in accordance with BS EN 12266. 18 16 Pressure bar 14 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C Weight 12 10 8 6 in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm kg 53 75 54 0.3 57 84 58 0.4 64 95 64 0.6 70 116 70 0.8 74 127 74 0.9 85 151 85 1.5 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 128 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 33 Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem • Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Component Material BS EN Disc Packing Ring Handwheel Gland Stuffing Box Stem Stem (21/2" & 3") Bonnet Body Packing Nut Identification Plate Handwheel Nut DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Bronze Asbestos Free Aluminium Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Al Bronze Bronze Bronze Brass Aluminium Brass B62 C83600 12164 CW614N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12163 CW301G 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N B455 C38500 B150 C64200 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (33AT) 1/2 to 3". BS EN 12288 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C Specification ASTM Shell: 48 bar Seat: 35.2 bar 36 32 28 Pressure bar A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size in 1/4 A mm 46 B mm 78 C mm 60 Weight kg 0.36 3/8 1/2 3/4 46 51 55 78 86 98 60 70 80 0.35 0.47 0.6 1 63 120 85 0.92 11/4 11/2 2 71 73 83 148 172 196 95 102 120 1.41 1.92 2.72 21/2 3 108 117 241 256 140 150 5.62 7.89 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 129 GATE VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 669 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Inside screw pattern with rising stem • Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Component Material BS EN Body Packing Ring Bonnet Stem Disc Gland Packing Nut Handwheel Handwheel Nut Union Ring Identification Plate DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Bronze Asbestos Free Bronze Bronze Bronze Brass Brass Aluminium Brass Bronze Aluminium PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C BS EN 12288 PN32 Series A 14 bar at 260ºC 32 bar from -10 to 120ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Specification ASTM 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION BS EN 12288:2010. Rising stem. Union bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (669AT). Shell: 48 bar Seat: 35.2 bar A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C Weight in 1/4 3/8 1/2 mm mm mm kg 46 134 69 0.32 46 134 69 0.31 51 137 76 0.46 3/4 1 55 63 169 194 81 94 0.72 1.10 11/4 11/2 2 71 232 100 1.50 73 266 120 2.25 83 321 140 3.20 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 130 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN16 Fig. 28 Bronze - Lever operated FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Lever operated for ease of use • Fitted with asbestos-free gland packing as standard Component Material Body Wedge Lever Washer Plug O-Ring Gasket Bronze / Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass NBR Fibre DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 16 bar -20°C to +90°C SPECIFICATION H Screwed BSP. Lever Operated. Bronze Body up to 11/2". Brass Body 2" to 4". D L 18 16 Pressure bar 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size DN in 1/2 15 3/4 20 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 L H D Weight mm mm mm kg 46 57 130 0.39 51 66 147 0.56 57 76 155 0.78 61 88 184 1.10 67 96 215 1.42 75 115 230 1.62 80 150 355 2.85 86 170 370 3.80 92 210 400 5.80 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 Temperature ˚C 100 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 131 GATE VALVES PN16 SERIES B Fig. 35 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Flanges ends require no pipe threading • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Component Material BS EN Gland Body Bonnet Stem Disc Stuffing Box Packing Ring Packing Nut Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Brass Bronze Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Graphite Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 12165 CW617N B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B124 C37700 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C Specification ASTM Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN16. BS 5154 PN16 Series 7 bar at 170ºC 16 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar D 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 90 110 80 105 2.1 100 130 85 115 2.7 110 145 95 140 4.0 120 165 120 150 4.4 135 200 120 165 6.3 165 240 155 185 9.1 185 280 180 200 15.4 190 365 230 220 22.2 Pressure bar 14 A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 132 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 609 Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Inside screw pattern with rising stem • Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Component Body Bonnet Stem (1/4" to 2") Stem (21/2") Stem (3") Disc Packing Ring Gland Packing Nut (21/2" & 3") Packing Nut (1/4" to 2") Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut Material Specification BS EN ASTM Bronze Bronze Bronze AL. Brass (CA 12) Bronze Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Brass Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass C 12163 CW301G 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B62 C83600 12164 CW614N SPECIFICATION Rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Bronze trim. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Complies with BS EN 12288:2010. 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test pressures. Shell: 48 bar Seat: 35.2 bar B B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 12164 CW614N 12164 CW721R 12164 CW614N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 36 32 Pressure bar 28 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size in A mm B (open) mm C mm Weight kg 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 46 46 51 55 63 71 129 129 133 162 191 223 60 70 70 80 85 95 0.35 0.40 0.50 0.75 1.30 1.70 11/2 2 21/2 73 83 108 253 307 374 105 120 140 2.60 3.50 6.00 24 20 16 12 3 117 436 180 8.80 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 133 GATE VALVES PN20 SERIES B Fig. C618 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces • Inside screw pattern with rising stem • Suitable for high pressures up to 20 bar Component Material BS EN Handwheel Stem Gland Nut Gland Gland Packing Bonnet Body Wedge DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Cast Iron Copper Alloy Copper Alloy Copper Alloy PTFE Bronze Bronze Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C 9 bar at 180°C 20 bar from -10 to 100˚C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Each valve is individually hydrostatically B tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test pressures. Shell: 30 bar Seat: 22 bar Specification ASTM 1561 EN-JL1030 12164 CW714R 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N A126 CI B B21-C48200 B16-C36000 B16-C36000 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K B62-C83600 B62-C83600 B62-C83600 SPECIFICATION Rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Bronze trim. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Complies with BS EN 12288:2010. Available with NPT thread (C618AT). Complies with MSS SP-80 Class 150. A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm kg 48 117 53 0.35 52 140 64 0.53 59 167 73 0.75 64 195 80 1.05 68 222 90 1.41 75 264 102 2.03 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 134 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN6 Fig. M549 Cast Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem • Ideal for use for non-corrosive and reasonably clean services • Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed into the body Component Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification BS EN ASTM Cast Iron Cast Iron Expanded Graphite Cast Iron Asbestos Free Brass Cast Iron Asbestos Free Brass Brass Bronze Bronze Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 12164 CW614N 1561 EN-JL1040 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JL1040 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C BS EN 1171 PN6 6 bar at -10 to 120ºC 5.4 bar at 150ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B SPECIFICATION Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN6. Also available flanged to BS10 Table E Fig. 549E. Shell: 9 bar Seat: 6.6 bar 7 6 5 Nom Size mm in 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 125 5 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 A PN6 A Table E B C D PN6 D Table E Weight mm in mm mm mm in kg 150 53/4 202 130 140 6 13 170 61/4 222 130 160 61/2 16 180 61/2 250 150 190 71/4 22 190 63/4 303 185 210 81/2 29 200 71/2 351 185 240 10 40 210 230 81/4 91/2 411 498 195 225 265 320 11 131/4 51 88 250 103/4 579 245 375 16 150 270 12 680 185 440 18 205 Pressure bar A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 4 3 2 1 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 135 GATE VALVES PN6 Fig. M552, M552E, M1552 Cast Iron FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Outside screw pattern with rising stem • Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse affect on thread • Flanges ends require no pipe threading Component Body Wedge Bonnet Yoke Joint Yoke Sleeve Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Stem Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Gland Follower Packing Gland Handwheel DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification BS EN ASTM Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Steel Cast Iron Asbestos Free Ductile Iron Brass Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1982 CC491K A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B B62 C83600 12164 CW614N 10087 11sMn30 1561 EN-JLI030 A105 A126 CI B 1563 EN-JSI040 1561 EN-JLI030 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C BS EN 1171: 2002 PN6 6 bar at -10 to 120ºC 5.4 bar at 150ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Shell: 9 bar Seat: 6.6 bar A126 CI B SPECIFICATION Outside screw. Rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to BS EN1092-2 PN6. Also available flanged to BS10 Table E figure 552E. Available with all iron trim figure 1552 PN6. 7 6 D A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm in 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 125 5 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 A PN6 mm A Table E in B (open) mm C mm Weight kg 146 53/4 405 190 14 159 61/4 415 190 18 165 61/2 486 190 25 171 63/4 632 305 34 191 71/2 710 305 48 210 241 273 81/4 91/2 103/4 842 1100 1228 305 305 405 59 91 157 305 12 1373 405 210 Pressure bar 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 136 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN10 Fig. M511 Cast Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem • Ideal for use for non-corrosive and reasonably clean services • Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed into the body Component Material BS EN Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Cast Iron Cast Iron Graphite Cast Iron Graphite Copper Alloy Cast Iron Graphite Bronze Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C A126 CI B A126 CI B 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B 12164 CW603N 1561 EN-JL1040 B16-C36000 A126 CI B 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266:Part 1 at the following test pressures; Shell: 15 bar Seat: 11 bar D 1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 Complies with BS EN 1171: 2002. Face to face dimension to BS EN 558-1 series 14. Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN10. BS EN 1171:2002 PN10 10 bar at -10 to 120ºC 7.4 bar at 230ºC B Specification ASTM 14 12 10 Pressure bar A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 150 292 160 160 17 170 324 160 185 20 180 360 200 200 28 190 380 200 220 34 200 454 250 250 51 210 490 250 285 62 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 137 GATE VALVES PN16 Fig. M541, M1541 Cast Iron FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Flanged ends require no pipe threading Component Body Bonnet Disc Body Seat Ring Disc Seat Ring Stem Gasket Gland Packing Nut Handwheel Stem Retaining Ring Disc Stem Nut Packing Ring Handwheel Retaining Nut Handwheel Washer Body ID Plate (Not Shown) Material Specification BS EN Grey Iron Grey Iron Grey Iron Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Graphite Stainless Steel Grey Iron Stainless Steel Bronze Graphite Steel Steel Aluminium 1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 1982 (CC491K) 1982 (CC491K) 970: 410S21 Graphite (Asbestos Free) 970: 304S31 1561 EN-JL1040 970: 304S31 1982 (CC491K) Graphite (Asbestos Free) 4190 GR4 4320 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS E SPECIFICATION Wedge disc. Non-rising stem. Inside screw. Handwheel operated. -10 to 120° C at 16 bar 200°C at 12.8 bar D Approx. F TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) OPTIONAL FEATURES Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Flanges undrilled. C 18 16 14 A Pressure bar B DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 65 80 100 125 150 200 A B C D E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 190 20 185 262 190 118 18.7 203 22 200 286 190 132 23.9 229 24 220 356 220 156 37.6 254 26 250 426 300 184 50.7 267 28 285 463 300 211 63.8 292 30 340 578 350 266 104.3 12 10 8 6 4 All dimensions are nominal. Please note sizes 50, 250 and 300mm are also available, please refer to the website. 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 138 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES PN16 Fig. M544 - M544E Cast Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Outside screw pattern with rising stem • Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse effect on thread • Flanges ends require no pipe threading Component Material BS EN Handwheel Yoke Sleeve Yoke (100 to 300mm) Gland Gland Packing Specification ASTM 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B A126 CI B Yoke Joint (100 & 300mm) Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Stem Cone Bush Cast Iron Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron Expanded Graphite Asbestos Free Steel Cast Iron Asbestos Free Brass EN10087 1561 EN-JLI040 11sMn30 A126 CI B 12164 CW614N B16-C36000 / B124-C37700 Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body Bronze Cast Iron Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B A126 CI B PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5150 and BS EN 1171. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C Outside screw. Rising stem. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Bronze trim. Flanges drilled to BS10 available figure 544E. Face to face dimensions at BS EN 558-1 basic series 3. BS EN 1171 PN16 16 bar at -10 to 120ºC 11.8 bar at 230ºC 499 (SHUT) B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar 18 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm in 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 125 5 150 6 200 8 A PN6 B (open) C D PN16 D Table E D Table F Weight mm mm mm mm in in kg 178 343 190 165 6 61/2 17 190 345 190 185 61/2 71/4 20 203 443 190 200 71/4 8 28 229 520 305 220 81/2 9 40 254 572 305 250 10 11 56 267 292 668 884 305 305 285 340 11 131/4 12 141/2 69 125 250 10 300 12 330 356 955 1054 405 405 405 460 16 18 17 191/4 227 265 Pressure bar A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 139 GATE VALVES PN25 Fig. M540 Ductile Iron FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Ductile Iron with integral flanges • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem • Ideal for use for non-corrosive and reasonably clean services • Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed into the body Component Material BS EN Handwheel Gland Flange Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body Cast Iron Ductile Iron H T Brass Expanded Graphite Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Al Bronze Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Al Bronze Ductile Iron Bronze Bronze Ductile Iron 1561 EN JL1030 1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN JS1040 1561 EN JS1050 12163 CW301G 1563 EN JS1050 B150 C64200 12163 CW301G 1563 EN JS1050 B150 C64200 1563 EN JS1050 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C Specification ASTM SPECIFICATION Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25. Bronze trim. BS EN 1171:2002 PN25 25 bar at -10 to 120ºC 21.5 bar at 220ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B PN25 Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar 28 D 24 20 Pressure bar A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 178 322 190 165 16 190 322 190 185 19 203 340 190 200 24 229 420 305 235 35 254 477 305 270 45 267 542 305 300 62 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 140 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GATE VALVES CLASS 125 Fig. 501 Cast Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem • Ideal for use for non-corrosive and reasonably clean services • Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed into the body Component Material BS EN Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Cast Iron Cast Iron Graphite Cast Iron Graphite Copper Alloy Cast Iron Graphite Bronze Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 12164 CW603N 1561 EN-JLI040 B16 C36000 A126 CI B 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI040 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI040 B62 C83600 A126 CI B B62 C83600 B62 C83600 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C Face to face dimensions. ANSI B16.10 & basic BS EN 558-2 Series 3. Inside screw. Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and BS 1560 3.2. Bronze trim. Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125 and BS5150 ANSI 125. 13.8 bar at -10 to 65ºC 8.6 bar at 232ºC TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24.1 bar Seat: 15.2 bar B Specification ASTM 20 D 18 16 Pressure bar 14 A 12 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 10 Nom Size in 2 21/2 3 4 5 A B C D Weight in in in in kg 7 11 7 6 20 71/2 121/2 7 7 25 8 131/2 8 71/2 29 9 151/4 10 9 48 10 18 12 10 65 6 8 10 12 101/2 111/2 13 20 25 29 12 14 16 11 131/2 16 80 126 179 14 35 18 19 205 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 141 GATE VALVES CLASS 125 Fig. 504 Cast Iron FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Cast Iron with integral flanges • Outside screw pattern with rising stem • Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse affect on thread • Flanges ends require no pipe threading Component Material BS EN Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Cast Iron Cast Iron Graphite Cast Iron Graphite Copper Alloy Cast Iron Graphite Bronze Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B A126 CI B 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 12164 CW603N 1561 EN-JLI030 B16 C36000 A126 CI B 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI030 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI030 B62 C83600 A126 CI B B62 C83600 B62 C83600 A126 CI B SPECIFICATION BS 5150:1990 ANSI 125. Face to face dimensions ANSI B16.10. Outside screw. Rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125. BS EN 1092-2 Class 125 13.8 bar from -10 to 65ºC 8.6 bar at 232ºC TEST PRESSURES Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24.1 bar Seat: 15.2 bar B Specification ASTM 20 D 18 16 14 Pressure bar A 12 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 10 Nom Size in 2 21/2 3 4 5 A B C D Weight in in in in kg 7 133/4 7 6 24 71/2 151/2 7 7 26 8 18 8 71/2 29 9 221/4 10 9 50 10 26 12 10 71 6 8 10 12 101/2 111/2 13 31 37 47 12 14 16 11 131/2 16 88 136 198 14 55 18 19 268 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 142 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GLAND COCKS/DRAINTAPS Gland Cocks/Drain Taps Fitting Hattersley’s Drain Taps and Gland Cocks enable systems to be drained without removing pipework. They prevent the build up of sediment that flows through the pipework thus extending its life expectancy. Malleable Iron Levers MI Lever No. Square Size Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 mm 8.7 9.5 10.3 12.7 14.3 15.9 19.1 22.2 25.4 D1 D2 D3 D31/2 D41/2 D5 D6 D7 D71/2 D8 mm 7.9 10.3 11.1 13.5 15.9 17.5 19.1 23.8 26.2 31.8 MI Lever No. Square Size Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 143 DRAINING TAPS Fig. 370-371 Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Enables system to be drained without removing pipework • Prevents build-up of sediment • Extends life expectancy of pipework Component Material Body Stem Bonnet Disc Holder Bronze Brass Brass Brass DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Suitable for pressures of 13 bar up to a maximum temperature of 120°C. A A Specification BS EN B B C C Fig. 370 Fig. 371 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A (370) A (371) B C Lockshield key Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 mm mm mm mm Fig. Ref kg 57 59 13 10 391 2 0.22 73 75 16 10 391 3 0.36 79 83 19 11 393 6 0.68 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 144 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GLAND COCKS Fig. 81HU Bronze Hose Union FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Enables system to be drained without removing pipework • Prevents build-up of sediment • Extends life expectancy of pipework Component Material BS EN Gland (1/2" to 1") Gland (11/4" to 2") Gland Packing Plug Cap and Tail Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Brass Bronze Asbestos Free Bronze Brass Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING 10 bar 0 to 120ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 20 bar 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K B62 B455-385 B62 12 10 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 A mm B mm MI Lever No. 95 47 Y1 102 54 Y2 93 54 D2 117 64 D31/2 145 79 D41/2 184 90 Y6 203 100 Y7 Weight 0.32 0.35 0.38 0.67 1.2 1.5 2.5 Pressure bar 1/4 kg B124 Alloy 2 B62 SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS in 12165 CW617N 1982 CC491K 90º operation. Sizes 1/2" to 1" supplied complete with cap and strap. Other sizes available with cap and chain on request. Plugs have square heads with a slot to indicate plug position. Malleable iron levers available on request. Malleable iron lever can be pinned to the plug head at extra charge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Figure 81HU Gland Cocks are not suitable for gas service. A Nom Size Specification ASTM 8 6 4 2 MALLEABLE IRON LEVERS MI Lever No. Y1 Y2 D2 D31/2 D41/2 Y6 Y7 Square size mm 8.7 9.5 10.3 13.5 15.9 15.9 19.1 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 145 Terminal 5, Heathrow Airport, London Specification: Hattersley Automatic and Static Balancing Valves 146 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GLOBE VALVES Globe Valves Hattersley globe valves are highly efficient for throttling service because seat and disc designs provide flow characteristics with proportionate relationships between valve lift and flow rate. This assures accurate flow control/regulation. Globe valve bodies are normally of spherical shape, ensuring maximum strength against line pressures and pipeline strains. Wide faced hexagon ends on threaded valves provide a firm wrench grip which prevents damage to the valve. The majority of Hattersley globe valves are inside screw pattern, having either a screwed bonnet or union bonnet configuration. A wide choice of disc and seat materials is offered in this range to enable the user to select a valve most suited for the intended service. There are five basic seat and disc arrangements available: 1. Metal to metal: the seat being integral with the body. 2. Renewable alloy or stainless steel disc and seat. 3. Renewable composition or elastomeric disc. 4. Renewable composition elastomeric disc alloy seat. 5. Vee-Reg pattern stainless steel disc and seat giving protection against wire drawing on steam service. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 147 GLOBE VALVES PN16 SERIES B Fig. C4 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape • Rising stem and screwed bonnet • Assures accurate flow regulation/control • Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar Component Handwheel Stem Gland Nut Gland Follower Gland Packing Bonnet Disc 1/2" to 1" Disc 11/4" to 2" Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification ASTM Cast Iron Brass Brass Brass PTFE Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze A126 CI B B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B584 C84400 B16 C36000 B584 C84400 B584 C84400 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem. Threaded bonnet. Metal disc. Taper thread BS EN 12288 (BS 21-IS0 7). Available with NPT thread (C4AT) subject to minimum quantities. 7 bar at 170°C 16 bar from -10 to 100°C C TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) B Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS 5154 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar 36 32 28 A B C Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 12 mm mm mm kg 49 70 53 0.26 56 70 58 0.35 65 87 64 0.55 75 94 74 0.72 84 104 74 1.01 99 124 87 1.54 4 am 16 Ste Nom Size 20 8 0 ate d DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 24 ur Pressure bar A t Sa 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 148 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GLOBE VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 5 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape • Rising stem and screwed bonnet • Assures accurate flow regulation/control • Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Component Material BS EN Body Disc (1/2" to 1") Disc (11/4" to 2") Stem Bonnet Stem Packing Packing Handwheel Gland Nut Lock Nut DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Cast Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Bronze Teflon PTFE Aluminium Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 12165 CW617N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW617N 1982 CC491K PTFE B62 C83600 B124 C37700 B62 C83600 B455 C38000 B62 C83600 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N B455 C38500 B455 C38500 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. BS 5154. Bronze Body. BS 5154 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) B Specification ASTM Body: 6 bar Seat: 6 bar 36 32 28 A B (open) C Weight 3/4 mm mm mm kg 60 92 70 0.4 74 108 76 0.5 16 1 11/4 11/2 2 12 86 118 82 0.9 99 137 94 1.4 109 162 101 1.7 130 166 119 2.7 4 am in 1/2 Ste Nom Size 20 8 0 ate d DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 24 ur Pressure bar A t Sa 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 149 GLOBE VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 5N - 5NLS Bronze Needle FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape • Rising stem and screwed bonnet • Assures accurate flow regulation/control • Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Component Body Stem Stem Packing Bonnet Packing Nut Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut Material Specification BS EN ASTM Cast Bronze Brass Teflon Cast Bronze Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass 1982 CC491K 12164 CW617N PTFE 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N B62 C83600 B124 Alloy 2 12164 CW614N B455 C38500 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C SPECIFICATION Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. BS 5154: 1991 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC E B B62 C83600 B455 C38500 TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) Body: 6 bar Seat: 6 bar 36 32 5NLS Weight 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 mm mm mm mm Fig. Ref kg 51 72 57 75 391 IP 0.2 51 72 57 75 391 IP 0.2 60 92 68 95 391 IP 0.4 74 108 75 111 391 IP 0.6 86 118 82 121 391 IP 0.9 20 16 12 am A B (open) C E Lockshield key in Ste Nom Size 24 8 ate d DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 28 4 0 ur 5N Pressure bar A t Sa 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 150 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GLOBE VALVES PN32 SERIES B Fig. 13 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape • Rising stem and screwed bonnet • Assures accurate flow regulation/control • Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Component Material BS EN Specification ASTM Handwheel Nut Gland Nut Aluminium Brass 12164 CW614N B16 C36000 B124 C37700 Packing Bonnet Stem Disc Stem Nut Disc Holder PTFE Bronze Brass Brass Brass 1982 CC491K 12165 CW617N 12164 CW603N 12164 CW614N Disc Retaining Washer Brass 12164 CW614N Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B455 C38000 B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B124 C37700 B16 C36000 B124 C37700 B62 C83600 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. PTFE replacement disc. Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1 BS 5154:1991 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198ºC 32 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) B Shell: 6 bar Seat: 6 bar 36 32 Pressure bar 28 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 16 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm kg 51 72 56.5 0.3 51 72 56.5 0.3 60 92 68.3 0.5 74 108 75.1 0.6 86 118 82 1.1 99 137 94 1.6 109 162 100 2.2 130 166 119 3.7 Ste 1/4 am 12 in 8 ate d A B (open) C Weight 20 4 0 ur Nom Size 24 t Sa 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 151 GLOBE VALVES PN40 Fig. 23 Bronze FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape • Rising stem and union bonnet • Assures accurate flow regulation/control • Suitable for high pressures up to 40 bar Component Material BS EN Handwheel Gland Packing Bonnet Union Ring Disc Stem Disc Stem Ring Body Seat Ring Body Lock Washer Packing Nut (1/4" to 11/2") Packing Nut 2" Handwheel Nut Identification Plate DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Aluminium Brass Non Asbestos Bronze Bronze 316 St. Steel Man Bronze Man Bronze 13% Cr St Bronze Brass Brass Bronze Brass Aluminium 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B62 C83600 12164 CW721R 12164 CW721R 10088 X12Cr13 1982 CC491K 2870 12164 B138C67500 B138C67500 A276 410 B62 C83600 CZ 123 CW721R 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. 316 stainless steel disc. Rising stem. Union bonnet. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1. PN40 17.5 bar at 260ºF 40 bar from -10 to 120ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Specification ASTM Shell: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar 44 40 36 Pressure bar 32 A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C Weight 28 24 20 16 in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 12 mm mm mm kg 59 126 76 0.56 59 126 76 0.55 68 142 81 0.8 81 154 94 1.24 95 173 100 1.82 108 201 119 2.73 121 225 139 3.78 146 255 150 6.03 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 152 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com GLOBE VALVES PN16 SERIES B Fig.17 Bronze MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape • Rising stem and screwed bonnet • Assures accurate flow regulation/control • Integral flanges require no pipe threading Component Material BS EN Body Disc Stem Ring Packing Gland Packing Nut Washer Disc Retaining Nut Handwheel Handwheel Nut Identification Plate Bonnet Stem Disc Disc Holder DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Bronze Man Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Brass Brass Brass Aluminium Brass Aluminium Bronze Brass PTFE Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C BS 5154: 1991 PN16 Series B 7 bar at 170ºC 16 bar from -10 to 100ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Specification ASTM 1982 CC491K 12164 CW721R B62 C83600 B138 C67500 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 12164 B62 C83600 CW721R 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 SPECIFICATION Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Renewable glass filled PTFE disc. Conical seat disc (15 to 50mm). Flanged to BS EN 1092-3. Also available with flanges drilled to BS10 Table E and F and ANSI from PN16 flanges. Face to face dimensions of all valves are to PN16 detail. 18 16 20 25 32 40 50 A B C D E Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 80 101 70 95 6.0 1.24 90 119 80 105 6.0 1.76 100 130 95 115 8.0 2.30 110 155 95 140 8.0 2.82 120 172 105 150 9.0 5.22 135 196 120 165 11.0 5.71 8 6 m 15 4 dS tea mm 10 ra te Nom Size 12 2 0 Sa tu DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Pressure bar 14 A 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 153 GLOBE VALVES PN16 Fig. 731 Cast Iron FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Valve body is made of high grade cast iron and has integral flanges • Supplied with asbestos free gland packing and gaskets • Outside screw pattern with rising stem • Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse effect on thread DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Component BS EN Handwheel Yoke Bush Stem Gland Flange Gland Follower Gland Packing Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Stem Nut Disc Body Seat Ring Body PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING C 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC 11.8 bar at 230ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) B Material Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar Cast Iron Bronze Brass Ductile Iron Bronze Graphite Cast Iron Graphite Bronze Bronze Bronze Cast Iron Specification ASTM 1561 EN-JL1030 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603R 1563 EN-JS1030 1982 CC491K A126 CIB B62 C83600 B16 C36000 A536 65-45-12 B62 C83600 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 ClB 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JL1040 B62 C83600 B584 C83600 B584 C83600 A126 ClB SPECIFICATION BS EN 13789:2010. Face to face dimensions BS EN 588-1 basic series 10. Cast iron body and bonnet. Outside screw, rising stem. Bronze trim. Sizes DN125 to DN300 have a centre guided disc. Handwheel operated. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Also available flanged BS 5152 ANSI 125 figure 731 ANSI. 18 16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 10 8 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A mm B (open) mm C mm Weight kg 203 259 178 16 216 241 300 318 178 200 21 26 292 402 254 44 330 419 300 62 356 479 300 83 495 537 348 141 622 640 400 221 698 733 457 295 ura ted 6 mm 4 Sat Nom Size 12 m A Stea Pressure bar 14 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 154 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES Lubricated Plug Valves The principle of the HNH-Milliken plug valve is as simple as its design. The plug, which is the only moving part of the valve, when open, presents a straight through passage in line with the pipeline, and when turned through 90° to the closed position stops the flow. A special sealing compound is used to effect a completely leak tight seal. When line pressure is applied to the valve in the closed position, the parallel plug is forced to the downstream side of the valve. The plug is then in contact with the body in the area surrounding the outlet port. The sealing compound, which surrounds the outlet port by means of special grooves in the plug, forms a barrier to line pressure. It is also spread over the sealing surfaces of the plug and body so that a very thin film of compound is established between the plug and body surfaces on the downstream side. The metal to metal contact of plug and body together with the barrier of sealing compound ensures a completely leak tight valve. The sealing compound to some extent preserves the body and plug surfaces from corrosion, and provides lubrication for ease of operation. Providing the valve is correctly maintained, which in general simply means injecting a small amount of sealing compound from time to time and moving the plug, a valve giving positive shut-off will result in and provide many years of satisfactory service. Specification Screwed end valve are supplied screwed internal to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) or API Line Pipe Thread as required. PN16 flanged end valves are drilled to BS EN 1092 2PN16 and class 125 conform to ANSI B16.1 Class 125. PN25 flanged end valves are drilled to BS EN 1092 2PN25 and Class 250 conform to ANSI B16.1 Class 250. Health and Safety HNH-Milliken plug valves contain sealing compound and grease which, for their intended use, do not present a significant hazard to health. If skin contact occurs when recharging the valve with compound wash hands thoroughly with soap and water and maintain good standards of hygiene. Health and safety data sheets are available for each compound and give guidance on safe handling and remedial action if misused. Flanges This catalogue provides information for screwed end valves and valves fitted with flanges to BS EN 1092-2 and ANSI B16.1. Valves with BS10 flanges can be supplied, details on application. Gearing In this catalogue the dimensional tables indicate where, in our opinion, valves should be fitted with gearing. Steam Jacketing Steam jacketed bottom covers can be fitted to the HNH-Milliken valves shown in the table. Steam jacketing is used on viscous services where heat is required to keep the media in a liquid state. Steam Jacket Availability Nom Size 200S mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 in 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 - - - • • • • • - - Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 155 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves Operating and Test Pressures Flanged Sizes Hot Pressure/Temperature Rating Cold BS EN 1092-2 PN16 All 11.2 bar at 250°C 16 bar from -10 to 120°C ANSI B16.1 Class 125 1/2 to 12" 125lbf/in2 at 450°F 200lbf/in2 from -20 to 150°F ANSI B16.1 Class 125 14 to 24" 100lbf/in2 at 353°F 150lbf/in2 from -20 to 150°F BS1560 Class 125 15 to 300mm 8.6 bar at 230°C 13.8 bar from -10 to 65°C BS1560 Class 125 350 to 600mm 6.9 bar at 180°C 10.3 bar from -10 to 65°C ANSI B16.1 Class 250 1/2 to 12" 250Ibf/in2 at 450°F 500lbf/in2 from -20 to 150°F ANSI B16.1 Class 250 14 to 24" 200lbf/in2 at 406°F 300lbf/in2 from -20 to 150°F BS1560 Class 250 15 to 300mm 17.2 bar at 230°C 34.5 bar from -10 to 65°C BS1560 Class 250 350 to 600mm 14.1 bar at 200°C 20.7 bar from -10 to 65°C Screwed Sizes Hot PN16 All Class 250All 17.5 bar at 260°C Pressure/Temperature Rating Cold 10.8 bar at 260°C (157lbf/in2 at 500°F) 34.5 bar from -10 to 120°C (253lbf/in2 at 500°F) 16 bar from -10 to 120°C (232lbf/in2 from -23 to 248°F) (500lbf/in2 from -23 to 248°F) Hydrostatic Test Pressures Fig. No 200M 200R 200L/T 171MG 201M 201R 201T 221T 205M 401M End Connection } } Pressure Rating Nominal Size Body Test bar lbf/in2 Seat Test bar lbf/in2 24.0 348 17.6 255 255 DN15 (1/2") to DN80 (3") Screwed PN16 DN25 (1") to DN50 (2") DN15 (1/2") to DN50 (2") Flanged PN16 DN150 (6") to DN600 (24") Flanged PN16 DN25 (1") to DN200 (8") 24.0 348 17.6 Flanged ANSI 125 DN32 (11/4") to DN100 (4") 24.1 350 13.8 200 Flanged ANSI 125 DN50 (2") to DN150 (6") 18.3 265 12.1 175 51.7 750 34.5 500 DN80 (3") Flanged Note 1: All valves 1/2" to 11/2" inclusive are pneumatically tested to: Body: 6 to 7 bar Seat: 6 to 7 bar ANSI 250 DN50 (2”) to DN150 (6”) VALVE PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING The pressure/temperature ratings given apply to the valve only. The maximum temperature at which a valve may operate depends upon the sealing compound with which the valve is filled. However, should the sealing compound have an operating temperature different to that of the valve the lower temperature must apply. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 156 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES CLASS 125 Fig. 170M (Screwed), 171M (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Reduced Bore FEATURES AND BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS • Sealing compound effects a completely leak tight seal. • When open - presents a straight through passage in line with pipeline • Stops flow after 90° turn 170M - Sizes 1" to 4" 171MG* - Sizes 6" to 24" supplied with fully enclosed gearing 171M - Sizes 1" to 8" DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions 170M and 171M Nom Size mm in 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 125 5 150 6 mm mm in B mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Wrench (screwed) Wrench (flanged) Weight (screwed) kg Weight (flanged) kg 92 102 4 103 41/4 G G/C 1.7 2.9 102 111 43/8 108 45/8 G G/C 1.9 4.2 111 118 45/8 119 5 J J/C 2.4 5.0 152 178 7 127 6 J J 4.3 8.2 165 190 71/2 197 7 L L 6.6 11 187 203 8 206 71/2 L L 10 17 225 225 9 254 9 O O 21 24 254 10 270 10 P 44 267 292 101/2 111/2 298 327 11 131/2 P Q 57 77 A (170M) A (171M) 200 8 DETAILS OF TAPPED HOLES The close proximity of the flange to the body does not allow room for all bolt holes to be drilled through. These holes are drilled and tapped as follows: Valve size 125mm 150 to 200mm 250 to 300mm Tapped M16 M20 M24 Dimensions 171MG (with gear unit) Nom Size mm in 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 400 16 450 18 500 20 600 24 A mm B mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Weight kg 267 380 11 71 292 473 131/2 95 330 532 16 163 356 576 19 224 762 738 231/2 558 864 802 25 625 914 843 271/2 1190 1067 914 32 1610 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 157 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES CLASS 125 Fig. 200M (Screwed), 201M (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Full Bore FEATURES AND BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS • Sealing compound effects a completely leak tight seal. • When open - presents a straight through passage in line with pipeline • Stops flow after 90° turn 200M - Sizes 1/2" to 3" 201M - Sizes 1" to 8" Sizes 5", 6" and 8" have bolted bottom cover DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 201M - Sizes 5" to 8" Dimensions 200M and 201M Nom Size mm in 1/2 3/4 20 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 125 150 5 6 mm mm in B mm D Flanged PN16 mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Wrench Weight (200M) kg Weight (201M) kg 81 G 0.8 2.7 88 G 1.2 2.7 106 121 43/4 108 115 41/4 G 2.1 3.9 111 111 43/8 124 140 45/8 J 2.6 4.6 117 117 45/8 127 150 5 J 3.1 5.7 152 178 7 197 165 6 L 6.0 10 165 190 71/2 206 185 7 L 8.8 13 187 203 229 8 9 254 270 200 220 71/2 9 O P 14 31 19 39 254 267 10 101/2 299 327 250 285 10 11 P Q 58 77 A (200M) A (201M) 15 DETAILS OF TAPPED HOLES The close proximity of the flange to the body does not allow room for all bolt holes to be drilled through. These holes are drilled and tapped as follows: Valve size Tapped 100 and 125mm M16 150 to 200mm M20 Dimensions 201MG (with gear unit) Nom Size mm in 125 5 150 6 200 8 mm in B mm D Flanged PN16 mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Weight kg 254 10 381 250 10 72 267 101/2 473 285 11 95 292 111/2 533 340 131/4 167 A Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 158 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES PN16 & CLASS 125 Fig. 200R (Screwed), 201R (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Round Port, Full Bore DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Sealing compound effects a completely leak tight seal. • When open - presents a straight through passage in line with pipeline • Stops flow after 90° turn 200R - Sizes 1", 11/2" and 2" only 201R - Sizes 11/4" to 4" 4" size has bolted bottom cover DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions 200R and 201R Nom Size mm in 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 mm mm in B mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Wrench Weight (200R) kg Weight (201R) kg 106 5 114 41/4 J 1.9 3.8 127 51/4 124 45/8 J 3.6 5.8 140 133 71/2 140 5 L 4.9 7.5 190 190 83/4 206 6 O 12 17 222 95/8 216 7 O 19 23 244 123/4 245 71/2 P 25 30 324 286 9 Q 60 61 A (200R) A (201R) Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 159 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES PN16 & CLASS 125 Fig. 200L/T, 201T, 201TG Fig. 221T Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - 3 Way Pattern L-Port & T-Port DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Sealing compound effects a completely leak tight seal. • When open - presents a straight through passage in line with pipeline • Stops flow after 90° turn 200L, 200T - Sizes 1/2" to 2" >4" size has bolted cover 201T - Sizes 2" to 4", 221T - 80mm only >4" size has bolted cover DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 201TG - Sizes 5" to 6" Dimensions (wrench operated) Nom Size mm in A (200L/T) A (201T/221T) mm mm in mm mm in B Flanged PN16 D Flanged ANSI 125 Wrench Weight (screwed) Weight (flanged) kg kg 1/2 15 3/4 20 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 99 108 G 1.7 - 99 108 G 1.6 - 108 118 J 2.5 - 127 133 J 3.8 - 140 133 L 5.2 - 162 216 81/2 206 165 6 L 8.4 13 248 267 93/4 101/2 222 257 185 200 7 71/2 O P 15 29 24 39 Dimensions (with gear unit) Nom Size mm in 125 5 150 6 mm in B mm D Flanged PN16 mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Weight kg 387 151/4 476 250 10 125 406 16 521 285 11 151 A 80 3 100 4 324 123/4 302 220 9 Q 51 82 VALVE IDENTIFICATION Ends Screwed Screwed Flanged Flanged Flanged Operation Non-transflow Wrench Wrench Wrench Geared Transflow Wrench Fig No 200L 200T 201T 201TG 221T Transflow pattern valves allow reduced flow through the ports during rotation of the plug from one position to another. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 160 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES CLASS 250 Fig. 401M (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Regular Pattern, Full Bore DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Sealing compound effects a completely leak tight seal. • When open - presents a straight through passage in line with pipeline • Stops flow after 90° turn 401M - Sizes 2" to 4" 401MG - Sizes 5" to 6" DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions 401M Nom Size mm in A (401M) mm in mm in B D Flanged ANSI 250 Wrench Weight (401M) kg 1/2 15 3/4 20 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 102 G 3.0 105 G 3.7 108 47/8 G 5.0 124 51/4 J 5.6 127 61/8 J 7.0 216 81/2 187 61/2 L 15 241 283 305 91/2 111/8 12 206 254 270 71/2 81/4 10 L O P 17 28 51 Dimensions 401MG (with gear unit) Nom Size mm in 125 5 150 6 mm in B mm D Flanged ANSI 250 in Weight kg 381 15 381 11 92 403 157/8 473 121/2 120 A Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 161 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES CLASS 250 Servicing Instructions HNH-Milliken Parallel Plug Valves Positive isolation with minimum maintenance Combination Sealing Screw (for gun injection) Button Head Nipple (for gun injection) Sealing compound injection gun type NMG 40 for use with pre-packed sealing compound cartridges. For use with valves fitted with button head nipples and combination sealing screws. Injection of Compound When the combination screw has reached its limit (screwed fully down) this indicates that the valve needs recharging with sealing compound. When using the lightweight compound gun, remove the combination screw, partially fill the compound reservoir in the plug, replace the combination screw, and screw down. This operation may need repeating several times. When using the NMG 40 high pressure gun, attach the nozzle to the injection nipple and give several steady stokes of the lever. VALVES MUST EITHER BE FULLY OPEN OR FULLY CLOSED WHILST THEY ARE BEING CHARGED. Indication of Full Charging The first indication of the valve becoming fully charged is an increase in the effort required to rotate the combination screw, or with the high pressure gun injection an increase in the effort required on the lever. The effort required to operate the valve should have increased from the initial operation prior to injection of sealing compound. No. Temperature Colour of Range Compound 18* 44 74 32° to 450°F 0° to 230°C -40° to 284°F -40° to 140°C Black Buff Black -31° to 500°F -34° to 260°C Grey Green Prepacked Cartridges Apple Green 90** -20° to 375°F -30° to 190°C White * Not suitable for gun injection 162 Colour of Box Label Lightweight compound gun Method of injection Where the number of valves to be charged is small, ie. 12-15 valves, especially if they are in the smaller sizes, lightweight gun injection can be successfully used. For larger quantities use of the NMG40 high pressure gun is recommended. Valve Leakage Leakage through the valve indicates that the valve requires injection of sealing compound or that it needs opening and closing a minimum of three times to distribute the compound evenly. Operating Torque Should a valve become jammed or unusually stiff to operate, this can generally be cured by the injection of sealing compound. If this is ineffective, it will be necessary to dismantle the valve, clean the components and recharge with sealing compound. Servicing Advice is available from the Hattersley Service Department in connection with all aspects of operation, lubrication and maintenance. Availability Bulk Tubes, Bulk and Strong Chemicals Bulk and Prepacked Cartridges White Bulk and Prepacked Cartridges ** UK WFBS Listed Do NOT use for Cleaning Solvent Water or Strong Water Chemicals Trichloroethane Strong Chemicals Trichloroethane Trichloroethane Nitrating Acids Steam, HTHW Paraffin Hot Water Solvents Acetone SEALING In service sealing compound should be used for each individual medium to affect good isolation. Our recommendations for sealing compounds are the result of considerable research. If there is any doubt as to the suitability of a particular compound for a given service, test should be carried out in a new clean valve. This is the only way to conduct such tests. Laboratory tests using a beaker of line fluid and immersing a stick of compound have proved misleading. Where samples of fluid can be supplied, together with details of temperature and pressure, and if known frequency of operation, we will carry out specific tests and give our recommendations based upon the results. CONSTRUCTION Only five major parts are involved when dismantling ie. body, parallel plug, PTFE thrust ring, bottom cover and plug support spring. OPERATION Care must be taken particularly with geared valves that the plug is eased off the body stop after operation to ensure the plug is free to float. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Valves are despatched by Hattersley charged with sealing compound. A compound identification tag states clearly that the valve has been assembled and tested with a universal compound. The user is advised to follow the chart overleaf for specific applications. When injecting additional sealing compound, care should be taken to ensure that it is of the correct type. Where the service permits, the valve should be partially or fully operated once to ensure free operation and to determine the effort required. For infrequently operated valves maintenance merely consists of two or three turns of the combination screw or, if gun injection, several strokes of the lever, and opening and closing the valve a minimum of three times to distribute the compound evenly around the plug at three monthly intervals. It is difficult to be specific how often the valve should be recharged with sealing compound, since this is determined by the frequency of operation, type of service, pressure and temperature. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES Sealing Compound Recommendations * Refer to Technical Department Service Sealing Compound Acetone/Acetate Acetone Air Alcohols Alkaline Solutions Ammonia Anhydrous Ammonia (Gas) Ammonia (Liquid) Ammoniacal Copper Hydroxide Ammonium Hydroxide Amyl Alcohol (Pure) Anline Dyes Anthracine Oil Aromatic Hydrocarbons Aromatic Solvents Asphalt Asphalt Emulsions 74 74 90,74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 44 44 18,74 18,74 Barium Hydroxide Beet Sugar Liquors Benzene Benzyl Alcohol Bocarbonate of Soda Bitumen Blast Furnace Gas Boiler Blow Down Borax Brake Fluid Bunker Fuel Butadiene Butane (Gas or Liquid) Butanol Butyl Alcohol 74 90 44 74 74 18,74 90,74 90 90 74 161 44 44 74 74 Calcium Chloride Solution Calcium Hydroxide (Lime Water) Calcium Sulphate Cane Sugar Liquors Carbolic Acid (Phenol Sol.) Carbonate of Soda Carbon Bisulphide Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Gas Carburetted Water Gas Caster Oil Caustic Potash Caustic Soda Cellulose Acetate Solutions Cellulose Nitrate Cement (Dry) Cement Slurries 90,74 90,74 90,74 90 74 74 44 90,74 90,74 44,74 74 74 74 74 74 90,74 90,74 Service Chloride of Lime Chocolate Chrome Alum Chrome Tanning Liquor Coal Gas Coal Gas Condensate Coal/Petroleum Mixed Gas Condensate Coal Tar Coal Tar Oils Coal Tar Solvents Coal Washers Coconut Oil Coke Oven Gas Condensate Corn Oil Corn Syrup (Glucose) Cotton Seed Oil Creosote Cumene Cutting Oil Cyanide Solutions Sealing Compound 90,74 No compound 90,74 90,74 44 90,44 Denatured Alcohol Dextrine Diesel Fuel Distillate Petroleum Disinfectant Solution Enamel (see Paint) Epsom Salts Ethane Gas Ethanalamine Ether, Petroleum Ethers Ethyl Acetate Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol) Ethyl Benzine Ethyl Chloride Gas or Liquid Ethylene Ethylene Dichloride (Dry) Ethyline Gas Ethylene Glyco/Water Sol. (50% Antifreeze) Ethylene Glycol Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 90,44 18 74 44 90,74 90,74 90,74 90 90,74 90 90,74 44,18 44 44 90,74 74 90 44 44 90 90 44 74,44 44 44 44 74 44 44 44,18 44,74 44,18 90,74 74 Service Sealing Compound Ferrous Chloride (Pure) Fish Oil Fuel JP4 Fuel Oil Furlural 90,74 44 44 44 44 Gases Gas (Manufactured) Gas (Natural) Gas Oil Gasoline Glucose Glycerine (Glycerol) Grain Alcohols (Ethyl Alcohol) Grease Gypsum (Calcium Sulphate) * 90,44 90,44 44 44 90 90,74 74 44,74 90 Helium Gas 90,44 Heptane 44 Heavy Oil (Coke Plant) 44 Hexane 44 Hydraulic Fluid (Haughtosafe 271) 44 Hydraulic Oil 44 Hydrocarbons (Aromatic) 44 Hydrogen Gas 90,44 Kerosene Ketones (Not Acetone) 44 44,74 Lard Latex Light Naphthas Light Oil Linseed Oil Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) Lubricating Oil Lye Solutions (Alkalies) 90 * 44 44,74 90,74 44 44 74 Magnesium Hydroxide Maltose (Malt Syrup) Manufactured Gas Methane Gas Methyl Alcohol (Methanol) Methyl Bromide Methyl Chloride, Gas or Liquid Methylated Spirits Milk of Lime Mineral Oil Mineral Spirits Molasses Monoethanolomine 90 90 90,44 90,44 74 74 44 74 90,74 44 44 90 74,44 163 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES Sealing Compound Recommendations * Refer to Technical Department Service Sealing Compound Naptha Naptha Vapours Naphthalene Natural Gas Nitrobenzene Nitrogen Gas 44 44 44,74 90,44 44 90,44 Oil Gas Mixture Oil (Petroleum) Oil Tar Oil Water Mixtures 44 44 18,74 90,44 Paints - Alcohol Solvent Base - Hydrocarbon Solvent Base - Varnish - Water Based - White Spirit Based Paraffin Paraffin Wax Pentane Petrolatum (Petroleum Jelly) Petroleum Gas Petroleum Ether Phthalic Anhydride Pine Resin Pitch Polyester Resin Solvent Polyisobutylene Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion Potash (Potassium Carbonate) Potassium Cyanide Liquor Potassium Sulphate Producer Gas Propane (Gas or Liquid) Propylene Pyridine 74 44 44 90 44 44 90,44 44 44,74 90,44 44 74 90,74 18,74 * 44 * 90,74 90,74 90 90,44 90,44 44 * Quenching Oil 44,18 Rapeseed Oil Road Tars Rosin (Fine Resin) Rubber Latex Rubber Solvent 164 90,44,74 18,74 * * * Service Sealing Compound Sewage 90,44 Sewage Gas 90,44 Shell Cornea 44 Shell Garia “A” 44 Shell Turbine Oil 44 Shellac in Alcohol 74 Shock Absorber Oil (Mineral) * Sludge and Sewage 90,44 Soap Solutions 90,74 Soda Liquor (Paper Industry) 74 Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) 74 Sodium Cyanide Solution 90,74 Sodium Hydroxide (up to 50% Conc.) 74 Sodium Metasilicate 74 Sodium Nitrate 90 Sodium Phosphate (Tri-basic) 90,74 Sodium Silicate 74 Sodium Sulphate 90,74 Soluble Oil 90,74 Solvent Naphtha 17,44 Starch Solutions 90 Sugar Solutions 90 Sulphur (Liquid) 44,18,74 Sulphur Dioxide 74 Sulphur Trioxide 74 Synthetic Resins * Synthetic Tannins * Tanning Liquors Tar Tar Oil (Creosote) Teepol Tempering Oil Tetraethyl Lead Toluene (Toluol) Triethanolamine Trimethylamine Trisodium Phosphate Turpentine Tallow 90,74 18,74 44,18 90 44,18 44 44 74 44,74 90,74 44 90 Vacuum Service Varnish (See Paints) Vegetable Oils Vegetable Oils and Water Vegetable Tannins Vinyl Chloride Monomer 90,44 Service Sealing Compound Water (Cold) Water (Cold, Domestic) Water (Hot, Heating) Water/Gas Water Softener Salts Wax Emulsions Waxes White Spirit Wood Alcohol (Methyl Alcohol) Wort, Beer Xylol (Xylene) 90 90 90 90,74 90,74 90,74 44,74 44 74 90 44 90,74 90,74 90,74 74 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com RADIATOR VALVES Radiator Valves Series 3000 radiator valves from Hattersley are recognised as the industry standard for high quality and dependable performance. The range incorporates Thermostatic, Wheelhead and Lockshield valves; and also a Universal valve body to accommodate TRV and Wheel heads. All valves are available in 1/2" and 3/4" BSP sizes, each supplied complete with complementary compression end adaptors. The chrome plated brass valves are complemented by a range of accessories including Remote Sensors and Transmitters, and Tamperproof TRV locks. The Hattersley Series 3000 radiator valves enable isolation, regulation and give thermostatic control. Universal Valve Body for TRV and Wheel Head The range offers interchangeability of the TRV head and the Wheelhead. The revolutionary body design enables both the TRV head and the Wheelhead to be connected directly to a common valve body without the need for adaptors. This design breakthrough therefore reduces the cost of stock holding and increases the versatility of the range. Function Thermostatic valves are typically used for regulating the fluid flow to the radiators of central heating systems. They are provided with a regulating element which automatically controls the opening of the valve to keep the ambient temperature of the room, where they are installed, constant at the set value. This prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings. The Series 3000 Radiator valve range is eminently suitable for building services installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant, while satisfying the aesthetic requirements demanded for modern commercial and domestic interiors. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar operating between 5 to 100°C. The Hattersley range of valves and TRV controls are approved to standards UNI EN 215. Additional information available on request. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 165 RADIATOR VALVES Series 3000 Hydraulic Characteristics Valve with Angle Connections Fig. Description Size 1 Kv (m3/h) Proportional Band (K) 1.5 2 Kvs 3 3100 3100 3300 3300 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve 1/2" Fig. Description Size Nominal Flow (l/h) Max. Diff Pres. (bar) 3100 3100 3300 3300 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve 1/2" 180 240 180 240 1 1 1 1 0.34 0.40 0.34 0.40 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 0.52 0.63 0.52 0.63 0.64 0.81 0.64 0.81 0.90 1.09 0.90 1.09 2.39 3.19 2.39 3.19 Valve with Straight Connections Fig. Description Size 1 Kv (m3/h) Proportional Band (K) 1.5 2 Kvs 3 3200 3200 3400 3400 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve 1/2" Fig. Description Size Nominal Flow (l/h) Max. Diff Pres. (bar) 3200 3200 3400 3400 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve 1/2" 180 240 180 240 1 1 1 1 Kv = is flow rate in m3/h at 1 bar Dp at 20°C Kvs = Kv with valve fully open 0.32 0.43 0.32 0.43 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 0.50 0.63 0.50 0.63 0.67 0.82 0.67 0.82 0.86 1.05 0.86 1.05 1.52 2.20 1.52 2.20 Flow and Headloss Calculation Formulae Q = Kv√ p 36 2 ( ) p = Q x 36 Kv where Q is in 1/s and p is in kPa Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 166 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 3150 Angle Wheel Head FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system • Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings • Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant Component Body Valve Insert Assembly T80 Std Wheel Head Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals Material Brass (Chrome Plated) EPDM Valve Disc Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber Specification BS EN BS EN 12164 CW617N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A C B D DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm kg 60 37 27.5 58 0.350 61 42 30.5 66 0.519 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 167 RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 3250 Straight Wheel Head FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system • Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings • Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Component Body Valve Insert Assembly T80 Std Wheel Head Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals Material Brass (Chrome Plated) EPDM Valve Disc Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber Specification BS EN BS EN 12164 CW617N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A B C D DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm kg 64 34 44 60 0.391 64 40 51 65 0.580 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 168 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 3300LS Angle Lockshield FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system • Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings • Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant Component Body Lockshield Assembly Lockshield Cap Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals Material Brass (Chrome Plated) Brass Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber Specification BS EN BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW614N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A C B D DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm kg 36.5 38.5 27.5 58 0.232 40.5 39.5 30.5 66 0.387 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 169 RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 3400LS Straight Lockshield FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system • Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings • Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant Component Body Lockshield Assembly Lockshield Cap Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals Material Brass (Chrome Plated) Brass Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber Specification BS EN BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW614N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A B D C DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm kg 43 34 44 60 0.232 44 40 51 65 0.387 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 170 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 3180 Angle TRV FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system • Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings • Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant Component Material Body Brass (Chrome Plated) EPDM Valve Disc Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber Valve Insert Assembly T80 Std Wheel Head Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals Specification BS EN BS EN12164 CW617N ABS BS EN12164 CW617N BS EN12164 CW617N BS EN12164 CW602N BS EN12164 CW614N EPDM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A B C D DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm kg 37 96 27.5 58 0.350 42 98 30.5 66 0.519 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 171 RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 3280 Straight TRV FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system • Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings • Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant Component Material Body Valve Insert Assembly T80 Std Wheel Head Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals Brass (Chrome Plated) EPDM Valve Disc Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber Specification BS EN BS EN 12164 CW617N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A B C D DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm kg 100 34 44 60 0.391 100 40 51 65 0.580 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 172 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com RADIATOR VALVES Fig. 75/RS and 70/RT Accessories TRV HEAD WITH REMOTE SENSOR FIG. 75/RS Max isolating differential pressure Temperature adjustment range Frost protection cut in Max ambient temperature 0 0°C * 7°C 1 bar 0° to 28°C 7° C 50°C 1 2 3 4 5 12°C 16°C 20°C 24°C 28°C Fig. 75/RS TRV TRANSMITTER FIG. 70/RT Max isolating differential pressure Temperature adjustment range Frost protection cut in Max ambient temperature 0 0°C * 6°C 1 bar 6° to 28°C 6°C 50°C 1 2 3 4 5 12°C 16°C 20°C 24°C 28°C Fig. 70/RT Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 173 Wheelock Square Tower, Shanghai Specification: Range of Hattersley Traditional Valves 174 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com STRAINERS Strainers Scale and dirt in piping systems can cause endless trouble and serious damage to pipeline equipment. Installation of Hattersley strainers will help eliminate the problems caused by foreign matter within piping systems. Generous proportions of Hattersley strainers allow the units to collect significant quantities of foreign matter before pressure losses necessitate cleaning of the basket. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 175 STRAINERS PN16 Fig. 817 Bronze Y-Type FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body • Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop • Compact design with short face to face • Perforated stainless steel screen • Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket • Comprehensive flow characteristics available Component Material Specification BS EN Cap Screen Body Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING PN16 16 bar -10º to 100ºC 7 bar at 170ºC 304 1982 CC491K SPECIFICATION Bronze body. 304 stainless steel. End connections threaded to BS EN 10266 (BS21 Taper ISO R7) & B1.20.1 ANSI. TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) 6 bar air DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C B D 18 A 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size A B C D kv Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm mm 58 33 15 62 4.8 0.2 70 42 18 80 8.8 0.3 88 48 20 93 16.1 0.4 96 55 26 108 25.5 0.7 107 61 31 118 36 1.0 126 79 36 153 38 1.5 kg Pressure bar D=withdrawal distance for the screen 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 176 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com STRAINERS PN32 Fig. 807/907 Bronze Y-Type FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Robust and high quality bronze body • Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop • Compact design with short face to face • Perforated stainless steel screen • Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket • Comprehensive flow characteristics available Component Material BS EN Body Screen Gasket Bronze Stainless Steel Asbestos Free (non-stick) Bronze Cap Specification ASTM 1982 CC491K 10088-1 X10CrNi18-10 B62 AISI 304 1982 CC491K B62 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING SPECIFICATION Standard screen has 0.75mm diameter holes. Screwed cap. Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (BS21 ISO R7). Figure 907 supplied complete with two Figure 631 test points and plugs. PN32 14 bar at 198°C 32 bar from -10 to 100°C Note: Fig. 907 restricted to 135°C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 6 bar air A DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C=withdrawal distance for strainer element B C Nom Size A B C k Factor Weight in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 mm mm mm 68 49 65 3.3 0.4 80 64 90 4.2 0.5 95 89 115 3.6 0.9 115 97 135 3.2 1.5 130 116 165 3.3 1.8 153 159 235 3.5 3.3 kg SCREEN DATA Nom Size Holes Dia Holes cm2 Free Flow Area Element Area Free Flow Area % Nominal Bore in 1/2 3/4 1 mm 0.75 50 22.6 24.6 5.5 434 0.75 50 22.6 36 8.1 284 0.75 50 22.6 68.5 15.5 305 cm2 cm2 cm2 11/4 11/2 0.75 0.75 50 50 22.6 22.6 107.1 143.1 24.2 32.3 305 283 2 0.75 50 22.6 255 57.6 284 36 32 28 Pressure bar DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 177 STRAINERS PN25 Fig. 1807 DZR Strainer Ball Valve FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation • Dezincification resistant body material prevents corrosion and fungal growth • Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop • Perforated stainless steel screen Component Handle Stem Stem Seal Gland Seals Ball Seat Rings Body Screen Cap Gasket Cap DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Hard chrome plated Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Stainless Steel Asbestos Free DZR Copper Alloy PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING E PN25 - 1/2 to 11/2" sizes 25 bar 0ºC to 20ºC, 7 bar at 120ºC PN20 - 2" size 20 bar 0 to 20ºC, 6 bar at 120ºC D TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) C Specification BS EN ASTM 6 bar 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N AISI 304 12165 CW602N SPECIFICATION DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. BS EN 10266 Taper threaded (ISO R7). WRAS Approved Product. OPTIONAL FEATURES B 28 Lever Extension stem Figure 103 hose outlet blowdown valve A 24 151 42 59 50 56 1/4 1/4 1/4 0.54 0.80 1.23 Pressure bar 129 35 60 46 56 12 ze 110 31 48 38 47 2" s ize mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg 16 Si 1 "S 3/4 1 /2 1/2 o1 A B C D E Drain Plug Weight in "t Nom Size 20 1 /2 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 178 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com STRAINERS PN16 Fig. 1807C DZR Strainer Ball Valve FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation • Dezincification resistant body material prevents corrosion and fungal growth • Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop • Perforated stainless steel screen Component Handle Stem Stem Seal Gland Seals Ball Seat Rings Body Screen Cap Gasket Cap Compression Ring Compression Nut DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Specification BS EN ASTM Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Hard chrome plated Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Stainless Steel Asbestos Free DZR Copper Alloy Brass Brass 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N AISI 304 12165 CW602N 12165 CW617N SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2. Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube. WRAS Approved Product. PN16 5 bar at 120ºC 6 bar at 110ºC 10 bar at 65ºC 16 bar at -10 to 30ºC D C B A DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 22 28 A B C D E Drain Plug Weight mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg 137 45 48 38 47 159 50 60 46 56 175 53 59 50 56 1/4 1/4 1/4 0.6 0.9 1.3 TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC) 25 bar OPTIONAL FEATURES 18 Lever Extension stem Figure 103 hose outlet blowdown valve 14 16 Pressure bar E B124 C37700 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 179 STRAINERS PN16 Fig. 810/910 Cast Iron Y-Type MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • High strength cast iron construction • Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop • Asbestos-free non-stick gasket • Suitable for saturated steam service • Comprehensive flow characteristics available Component Material Body sizes DN50 to 400 DN450 to 600 Cover sizes DN50 to 400 DN450 to 600 Screen Gasket Plug Cast Iron Ductile Iron Cast Iron Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Teflon/Graphite Cast Iron PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Specification BS EN ASTM 1561 EN-JL1040 1563 EN-JS1050 1561 EN-JL1040 1563 EN-JS1050 1449 304S315 A126 Class B A536 80-55-06 A126 Class B A536 80-55-06 AISI 304 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B SPECIFICATION Bolted cover. Figure 910 supplied complete with two figure 631 test points and plugs. Flanges to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. 13 bar at 220ºC 16 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: 910 restricted to 135°C TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 24 bar A DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C B C=withdrawal distance for strainer element DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 18 A B C Cover Plug Weight Flow mm 230 mm 146 mm 178 mm 1/2 kg 10.5 kv 59 50 65 273 174 216 1 14.9 93 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 295 352 416 470 573 198 232 285 305 401 248 300 373 450 621 1 1 11/4 11/2 11/2 19.2 32.4 48 64.5 106 136 229 363 499 817 660 473 703 2 175 1361 770 554 834 2 251 1928 960 740 740 458 - 1079 840 840 556 - 1168 910 910 628 - 1275 968 968 780 - 1450 1160 1160 1080 - Hole Dia Free Flow Area/cm2 14 12 10 8 tura 6 SCREEN DATA 4 Sa Nom Size 16 ted Stea m mm Pressure bar Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 2 mm % 1.6 33 1.6 33 1.6 33 1.6 40 0 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 3 40 3 40 3 40 3 40 3 40 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 180 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com STRAINERS PN25 Fig. 811/911 Ductile Iron Y-Type FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • High strength ductile iron construction • Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop • Asbestos-free non-stick gasket • Suitable for saturated steam service • Comprehensive flow characteristics available Component Body Cover Screen Gasket Plug Material Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Teflon/Graphite Ductile Iron PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING PN25 21.5 bar at 220ºC 25 bar from -10 to 120ºC Note: 911 restricted to 180ºC Specification BS EN ASTM 1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN JS1050 SS 304 AISI 304 1561 EN JS1050 SPECIFICATION Bolted cover. Figure 911 supplied complete with two figure 631 valve controlled test points. All other sizes flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25. TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Shell: 37.5 bar A DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS C B C=withdrawal distance for strainer element DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B C Cover Plug Weight Flow mm mm mm mm kg kv 230 146 178 273 174 216 1 14.9 93 295 198 248 1 19.2 136 352 232 300 1 32.4 229 416 285 373 11/4 48 363 470 305 450 11/2 64.5 499 573 401 621 11/2 106 817 660 473 703 2 175 1361 770 554 834 2 251 1928 1/2 10.5 59 SCREEN DATA Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Hole Dia mm Free Flow Area/cm2 % 1.6 33 1.6 33 1.6 33 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 181 Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham Specification: Hattersley Thermal Balancing Valves 182 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE Public Health Range The Hattersley Public Health range consists of a number of WRAS approved valves specifically designed for the control of hot water systems. Thermal disinfection raises water temperatures to a level at which Legionella will not survive. This can be carried out by raising the temperature of the whole contents of the calorifier to 70°C then circulating the water throughout the system for at least an hour. To be effective, the temperature at the calorifier should be high enough to ensure that the temperature at the taps and appliances does not fall below 60°C. The range consists of valves which offer self-balancing, thermostatically controlled regulation of flow and thermal disinfection assisting with protection against Legionella. These systems are complemented by Thermostatic Mixing Valves which blend hot water (stored at temperatures high enough to kill bacteria) with cold, to ensure constant and safe outlet temperatures to prevent scalding. These systems are ideal for a range of projects including healthcare, schools, workplace and domestic environments. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 183 PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN16 Fig. 1900 Thermal Balancing Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Ideal for domestic hot water systems to assist with protection against Legionella • Provides self-balancing, thermostatically controlled regulation of flow and disinfection • Suitable for circuits greater than 10 metres in length • Thermostatically controlled regulation of the volume flow – self-balancing • Assists with disinfection at temperatures above 70°C by increasing the flow automatically • Has an accuracy of +/- 1°C Component Body Upper part Valve stem Valve cone Upper part seal, valve stem seal Closing upper part valve cone seal Drain plug Closing handle Plate / clamping band DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Material Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze EPDM PTFE Bronze Plastic Plastic Specification BS EN BS EN 1982 CC491K BS EN 1982 CC491K BS EN 1982 CC491K BS EN 1982 CC491K 70 EPDM Teflon BS EN 1982 CC491K Polyacetal (PA) Polyacetal (PA) PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING H1 Max Temperature 90ºC Nominal Pressure PN16 1 /4 G OPERATION When the set point is preset to 57°C, the valve remains completely open up to a valve temperature of 52°C. L1 L2 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Inside Dia Height (H1) Length (L1) Length (L2) Copper Tails Length (L2) Mapress Copper Length (L2) Mepla Weight Flow Kv Drain Valve (G) mm 15 20 25 mm mm mm mm mm kg cmb/h BSP 85 110 176 172 174 0.7 0.92 85 123 186 174 178 0.9 1.70 95 133 200 182 186 1.2 2.71 1/4 1/4 1/4 Between 52°C and the preset set point of 57°C, the valve starts to close. When the set point temperature has been reached, a minimum volume flow is continuously flowing through the circulation system. If the storage temperature is further increased to temperatures greater than 70°C to effect disinfection, the valve increases the flow. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 184 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN10 Fig. 77 Thermostatic Mixing Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant, controlled safe outlet temperature • Fulfils the ‘duty of care’ requirements against scalding • Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace and domestic environments • Flat face union ensures easy removal for maintenance • Integral strainers and check valves • Tamper proof adjustment Component O-Ring 1.5 Strainer Reduction Union Element Spring Top Valve Body DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A A B B D D COLD FACTORY SETTING Kv 1.26 TEMPERATURE SETTING RANGE MINIMUM FLOW PRESSURE MINIMUM HOT TO MIX TEMPERATURE 10°C C C TEMPERATURE STABILITY ±2°C MIXED OUTLET DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE 10 bar Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm kg 122 58 55 102 0.6 145 58 70 117 0.8 EPDM Rubber Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N Vernet 0304 Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N 38°C 35-46°C HOT Material 0.2 bar SPECIFICATION Pressure Rating: PN10. Operator: Lockshield. Figure 77 has been independently tested and certified as meeting the requirements of the D08 specification under the TMV 3 scheme. Hattersley products are designed for installation and use within suitably designed systems reflecting CIBSE, BSRIA and HVAC guidelines. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 185 PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN10 Fig. 78 Thermostatic Mixing Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant, controlled safe outlet temperature • Fulfils the ‘duty of care’ requirements against scalding • Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace and domestic environments • Flat face union ensures easy removal for maintenance • Integral strainers and check valves • Tamper proof adjustment • Includes ball valves for isolation Component O-Ring 1.5 Strainer Reduction Union Element Spring Top Valve Body Ball T-Handle Ball Seal DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS A A B B Kv 38°C 1.26 TEMPERATURE SETTING RANGE MINIMUM FLOW PRESSURE MINIMUM HOT TO MIX TEMPERATURE 10°C TEMPERATURE STABILITY ±2°C COLD OUTLET HOT DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE 10 bar Nom Size mm 15 22 A B C Weight mm mm mm kg 200 128 110 1.1 200 128 110 1.3 EPDM Rubber Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N Vernet 0304 Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Al Alloy PTFE FACTORY SETTING 35-46°C C C Material 0.2 bar SPECIFICATION Pressure Rating: PN10. Operator: Lockshield. Figure 78 has been independently tested and certified as meeting the requirements of the D08 specification under the TMV 3 scheme. Hattersley products are designed for installation and use within suitably designed systems reflecting CIBSE, BSRIA and HVAC guidelines. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 186 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN16 Fig. 430 Pressure Reducing Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water supplies to match site requirements • Simple to install • Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of filter • WRAS approved • Manufactured in accordance with BS EN 1567 • Figure 430 must be fitted with adjustable cartridge element pointing downwards Component Material Body Disc Cartridge Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Nitrile Stainless Steel Nitrile Filter Gaskets *Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve and is ordered separately. DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING L1 G1/4 H2 A1 Pressure Rating: 16 bar Maximum Fluid Temperature: 60ºC Maximum Inlet Pressure: 16 bar Outlet Pressure: 1.5 bar - 6.0 bar SPECIFICATION Suitable for: • Water • Compressed Air H1 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm Fig 15 430 20 430 25 430 32 430 40 430 50 430 L1 H1 H2 A1 Weight mm mm mm mm kg 90 150 25 G3/4 0.90 90 150 25 G1 0.93 100 150 25 G11/4 1.00 105 225 38 G11/2 2.20 130 225 38 G13/4 2.30 140 225 38 G23/8 2.50 Gauge 435 Fits all sizes 0.25 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 187 PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN25 Fig. 440 Pressure Reducing Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water supplies to match site requirements • Simple to install • Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of filter • WRAS approved • Manufactured in accordance with BS EN 1567 • Figure 440 can be installed horizontally or vertically Component Material Body Cover Insert Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Brass Filter Spring Disc 8 1. Pressure Gauge 2. Valve Body 3. Blanking Plug 4. Insert 5. Spring 6. Spring Plate 7. Spring Cover 8. Adjustment Spindle 7 6 5 4 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 3 2 *Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve and is ordered separately. 1 PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING S1 Pressure Rating: 25 bar Maximum Fluid Temperature: 90ºC Maximum Inlet Pressure: 25 bar Outlet Pressure: 1.0 bar - 7.0 bar S2 H1 SPECIFICATION A1 H2 Suitable for: • Water • Compressed Air L1 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm Fig 15 440 20 440 25 440 32 440 40 440 50 440 L1 H1 H2 S1 S2 A1 Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 75 110 30 10 13 G3/4 0.80 92 110 42 10 13 G1 1.30 98 150 46 12 17 G11/4 1.70 98 160 46 12 17 G11/2 1.90 128 190 52 12 17 G13/4 3.60 148 265 75 13 19 G23/8 6.70 Gauge 445 Fits all sizes 0.25 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 188 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN16 Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Single & Double Check (Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • WRAS approved for use with potable water • Compression ends for use with half hard R250 copper pipe • Single, double and chromium plated options available Component Body Material Specification BS EN DZR Brass 12165 CW602N PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS E C 16 bar from -10 to 85ºC B TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar B A D Fig. 249 & 249C SPECIFICATION Fig. No. 249 Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm Fig. No. 249C Double Check chromium plated - 15mm Manufactured to BS 6282. WRAS approved PN16 85°C. Application: Water. End Connection: Compression. Back Flow Prevention Device category: Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999. Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 15 Fig. 249 22 Fig. 249 28 Fig. 249 15 Fig. 249C A B C D E Weight (approx) mm mm mm mm mm kg 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116 74.6 10.5 22.2 91.4 27.5 0.212 88.6 12.5 28.25 106.3 30.5 0.360 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 189 PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN16 Fig. 761 and 2761 Aquacheck® Non-Return Valve MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES AND BENEFITS • • • • Spring loaded axially guided disc Positive non-slam shut-off Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Resilient seat located in body Component Body Plunger DN50-150 Plunger DN200-400 Seat Retaining Ring Seat Guide Spring Ductile Iron Bronze Cast Iron Steel Xylan Coated Nitrile Bronze Stainless Steel Specification BS EN ASTM 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE Spring Loaded axially guided disc. Resilient Seat located in body. RATING DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Single Check Valve Fig. 761 Material Double Check Valve configuration Fig. 2761 16 bar from -10 to 85ºC TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC) Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar D B Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Alternative pressure ratings to PN25. Alternative flange details including BS EN 1092-2 PN25 and PN40 and ANSI B16.1 Class 125. NOTES Sizes: 50mm to 250mm WRAS Approved. 300mm is not WRAS Approved. 18 16 14 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 A B D Weight 761 Weight 2761 mm mm mm kg kg 120 119 240 241 165 185 5 7 11 15 130 260 200 9 20 155 310 220 13 27 230 460 285 28 58 280 560 340 47 97 344 688 405 83 168 200 403 250 21 44 385 770 460 123 249 Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide. Pressure bar A 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 Temperature ˚C 100 Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. 190 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN16 Fig. 108C Service Ball Valve FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION • Light, compact and easy to install and operate • WRAS Approved for use on wholesome (potable) water • Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube • Part of Hattersley’s extensive public health range • Chrome plated finish • Handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation Component Material Screw Handle Stem O-Ring Nut Olive Body PTFE Seat Ball Seat Retainer Steel Dacromet Plated Nylon (Ral 9017) DZR Brass Chromium Plated EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Temperature ˚C -10 to 30 65 110 120 Pressure 10 6 5 bar 16 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING L2 PN16 OPERATOR Handle (The handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation). SPECIFICATION BORE SIZE H Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube. WRAS Approved product. L1 18 L1 16 L DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Nom Size mm DN15 DN22 Bore L L1 L2 H Weight mm mm mm mm mm g Ø8 42 11 23 29 123 Ø14 53 13 23 34 260 Pressure bar 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature ˚C Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 191 192 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com Project: Ricoh Arena Client: Coventry Football Club Contractor: Haden Young Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up and commissioning valves For the past six years, Hattersley Hook-Up units and commissioning valves have been heating and cooling the 32,000 seat Ricoh Arena that is home to Coventry City FC. The site also comprises an exhibition hall, a hotel, a leisure club, a casino, and one of the UK’s largest Tesco Extra supermarkets. Throughout the stadium Hook-Up flow management modules, part of Hattersley’s extensive range of commissioning valves, are providing heating and air-conditioning. The units provide precise flow control, flow measurement, system and coil flushing and isolation capabilities from a single compact and lightweight unit. Built from bronze and DZR brass they can be used for chilled and heating water systems from -10 °C to 120°C. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 193 194 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES Safety & Control Valves For Air, Steam and Water One of the UK's leading suppliers of gunmetal safety valves, NABIC has long been recognised as the industry standard for commercial and industrial hot water applications. In fact, our valves are ideal for hot water supply, heating, pump relief, bypass relief, outside installation and for use with difficult gases and liquids. Designed and tested to the latest British Standards with third party certified discharge capacities, NABIC valves are manufactured under an ISO 9001 quality assurance system. Every valve is tested after assembly and again before despatch to ensure high product quality is maintained. 1. Safe Manual Testing 2. Pressure setting locked and sealed at factory 3. Easy inspection & cleaning 7. Diaphragm protected working parts 4. High discharge capacities certified by AOTC 6. High degree of seat tightness 5. Resilient PFTE seating design Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk 195 SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES COPPER ALLOY Fig. 542 Fig. 500 Safety Relief Valve High Lift Safety Valve Figure 542 Safety Valve is an extremely versatile valve, suitable for use on hot water, steam or air. Although designed primarily for the protection of hot water boilers, its wide range of applications make it an ideal valve for stocking as a general purpose safety valve. Figure 500 High Lift Safety Valve has been designed primarily for use on unvented hot water heating systems, where a high-capacity emergency steam relief capability is required. High capacity and resilient PTFE seating, also make it ideal for steam, air and inert gas applications. A PTFE to Viton seating design is also available where greater seal tightness is required. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 10.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 542L Fig. 500L Pressure Relief Valve Pressure Relief Valve NABIC Pressure Relief Valves are intended for use where pressure tightness is required on the discharge side of the valve. They are ideal for pump relief, bypass relief, outside installations, and on cold water mains to protect from PRV failure. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 10.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C 196 Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES COPPER ALLOY Fig. 500T Fig. 520 Combined Pressure and Temperature Relief Valve Double Spring Safety Valve Figure 500T Combined Pressure & Temperature Relief Valve has been designed for use on unvented hot water supply systems, where protection against excess temperature is required in addition to pressure protection. Pressure and temperature elements of the valve operate independently, thereby providing dual safety protection in the one valve. Figure 520 High Lift Safety Valve has been designed and tested to BS 6759. Based on the proven design of the figure 500 Safety Value, the high capacity and resilient PTFE seating make figure 520 ideal for steam, hot water, air and inert gas applications. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Working Temperature | 75°C Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 95°C Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 500SS Fig. 500ST Pressure Relief Valve High Lift Safety Valve with Stainless Steel Wetted Parts with Stainless Steel Wetted Parts This version of the Figure 500 has been produced for applications where the properties of stainless steel are required for the service fluid being used but the working environment does not necessitate a full stainless steel valve. It can be supplied with a test lever or as a sealed dome version to suit customer requirements. Wetted Parts | Stainless Steel Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Set Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Technical Helpline: 01744 458615 www.nabic.co.uk Wetted Parts | Stainless Steel Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Set Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C 197 SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES STAINLESS STEEL The Stainless Steel version of the figure 500 High Lift Safety Valve has been specifically developed for use where difficult fluids or gases are encountered. Its anti-corrosion properties, high discharge capacities and excellent seat tightness make it an ideal valve for these applications. For other specific technical requirements please consult the NABIC technical department. Fig. 500FN High Lift Safety Valve Body Material | Stainless Steel Maximum Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 500FS High Lift Safety Valve Body Material | Stainless Steel Maximum Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 500FF High Lift Safety Valve Connection options are: FN-Screwed x Screwed FS-Flanged x Screwed FF-Flanged x Flanged Body Material | Stainless Steel Maximum Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Designed for hygienic applications, these full stainless steel constructed valves have connections to BS 4285. Figure 500AA has clamp type couplings which conform to part 3 and the figure 500DF has threaded (IDF type) couplings to part 4. Both ranges of valves are highly polished, with inlet bore finish of 0.4 µm. For other specific requirements please consult the NABIC technical department. Fig. 500AA High Lift Safety Valve Body Material | Stainless steel Maximum Set Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 500AS High Lift Safety Valve Body Material | Stainless steel Maximum Set Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 500DF High Lift Safety Valve Body Material | Stainless steel Maximum Set Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C 198 Connection options are: AA-Hygenic Clamp x Hygenic Clamp AS-Hygenic Clamp x Screwed DF-IDF Thread x IDF Thread Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk ANTI-VACUUM VALVES Figure 568 Anti-Vacuum Valves are used to protect drying cylinders, calorifiers and tankers from collapse due to internal vacuum. They are also used on steam systems, to assist condensate drainage and to prevent suction of contents from vats. Vacuum valves are normally fitted vertically, at the top of the vessel or pipeline being protected. Horizontal revolving cylinders however, should have a figure 568 fitted at each end, diametrically opposite one another. Fig. 568SS Stainless Steel Anti-Vacuum Valve Body Material | Stainless Steel Maximum Set Pressure | 13.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Fig. 568 Anti-Vacuum Valve Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Set Pressure | 13.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195°C Technical Helpline: 01744 458615 www.nabic.co.uk 199 BOILER SYSTEM VALVES Figure 100 Automatic Air Vent is an extremely efficient valve designed for use on central heating installations where the removal of large air bubbles trapped in the system helps to reduce noise levels, maintain circulation and improve heat output. They can also be fitted to other fluid systems where air inclusion causes problems. Fig. 100 Automatic Air-Vent Body Material | Gunmetal Float | Stainless Steel Maximum Pressure | 10 bar Minimum Pressure | 0.15 bar Maximum Temperature | 93°C Figure 503 Three Way Valve has been designed for use on vented hot water systems, to ensure there is a permanent connection from the boiler or calorifier to atmosphere. Fitting a figure 503 allows the use of a single common vent pipe, and permits continued operation of the system whilst maintenance is carried out on an individual unit. Fig. 503 Three Way Vent Valve Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Working Pressure | 7 bar Maximum Working Temperature | 93°C Figure 175 Three Way Vent Cock has been designed for use on vented hot water systems, to ensure there is a permanent connection from the boiler or calorifier to atmosphere. Fitting a figure 175 allows the use of a single common vent pipe, and permits continued operation of the system whilst maintenance is carried out on an individual unit. Fig. 175 Three Way Vent Cock Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Working Pressure | 7 bar Maximum Working Temperature | 100°C 200 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk ANTI-POLLUTION VALVES The RPZ Anti-Pollution valve is a type BA safety device used to prevent contamination of drinking water through syphoning or backflow up to class 4 fluid category. They are particularly suitable for industrial and commercial applications and can also be used for supplies to buildings within the scope of the water regulations. Fig. 255 Reduced Pressure Zone Anti-Pollution Valve Body Material | Gunmetal Check Valves | Plastic Seals | EPDM Maximum Working Pressure | 10 bar Maximum Working Temperature | 60°C Fig. 256A Fig. 256B Pipe Interrupter Pipe Interrupter Figure 256A is classified as a DC type suitable for protecting up to fluid category 5. Incorporating ventilation ports that are totally unrestricted and permanent, water is guided past these air vents using a venturi type nozzle. Since they are constantly open to atmosphere, this stops syphonage and allows the escape of water in the event of backflow. Figure 256B is classified as a DB type suitable for protecting up to fluid category 4. This device has a moving element which seals the ventilation gaps during normal flow conditions. When negative pressures occur on the inlet side which could cause syphonage, the membrane retracts seals the flow ports and simultaneously vents the outlet side of the pipe interrupter. Body Material | Brass Internals | Plastic O-Rings | EPDM Maximum Set Pressure | 10 bar Maximum Temperature | 60°C Technical Helpline: 01744 458615 www.nabic.co.uk Body Material | Brass Internals | Plastic O-Rings | EPDM Maximum Set Pressure | 10 bar Maximum Temperature | 60°C 201 FUSIBLE PLUGS Figure 5 and figure 8 Fusible Plugs are used to protect internally fired steam boilers. If overheating occurs due to low water conditions, the plugs are designed to operate and allow pressure to reduce, thereby preventing collapse of the boiler. Fig. 8 Fusible Plugs For Steam Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 24 bar Fig. 5 Fusible Plugs For Steam Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 24 bar Figure 17H Fusible plugs are used to protect compressed air systems from the risk of an explosion occurring due to ignition of oil vapour. Figure 22 Fusible Plugs are used to protect air receivers from the risk of an explosion occurring due to external fire. Both plugs are designed to operate when high temperatures occur, thereby reducing pressure and providing audible warning of dangerous conditions. Fig. 17H Fusible Plugs For Air Body Material | Brass Maximum Pressure | 20 bar Fig. 22 Fusible Plugs For Air Body Material | Brass Maximum Pressure | 20 bar Higher Pressure versions available upon request. 202 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk TEST VALVES & EQUIPMENT Fig. 300 Fig. 362 Test Pump Pressure Gauge Tester Test Pump Figure 300 is a portable, stirrup type, hydraulic test pump of brass construction. Its dual pressure range facility provides increased capacity per stroke at low pressures, with quick and easy changeover to the high pressure range. Figure 362 Pressure Gauge Tester is a compact portable unit, used for checking pressure gauges on site. The tester is comprised of a small hand-operated air pump with fine adjustment facility. Suitable fittings are supplied to enable most gauges in common use to be tested throughout their range. Body Material | Brass Low Pressure Range | 0-16 bar High Pressure Range | 0-70 bar Fig. 122 Figure 122 is a hydraulic test pump of robust construction. A precision built pump in high pressure bronze, with steel lever, supplied with a screw base which can be fitted to the lid of the carrying case. Alternately, the pump can be fitted with a tripod kit at extra cost. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 700 bar Figure 55N is a robust gunmetal stop valve, with a stainless steel needle type valve and seat. A dust cap protects the test gauge connection, which is tapped 3/8" BSP. The boiler connector is threaded 1/2" BSP male. Figure 174 is a flanged version of figure 55N. The Test Valves are used on steam boilers, to provide a means for attaching a test pressure gauge. This enables the calibration of the boiler gauge to be checked under working conditions. It also serves a useful purpose as an air vent, to facilitate draining and filling of the boiler. Fig. 55N Test Valve Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 17.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 260°C Fig. 174 Text Valve Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 17.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 260°C Technical Helpline: 01744 458615 www.nabic.co.uk 203 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES Figure 850 Pressure Reducing Valve is designed for general and commercial use, and is used where there is a requirement to lower the pressure of a fluid from one level to another. It also maintains the reduced pressure at a constant value, irrespective of fluctuations in the inlet pressure or changes in the flow demand. Fig. 850 Pressure Reducing Valve Body Material | Brass Nickel Plated Maximum Inlet Pressure | 25 bar Maximum Outlet Pressure | 7 bar Minimum Outlet Pressure | 0.5 bar Minimum Working Temperature | 85°C Figure 345 complies with BS 5235 and has a range of 20°C to 120°C. It has a 100mm diameter dial and an immersion depth of 100mm. Supplied complete with pocket, which is screwed 1/2" BSP. We are happy to provide other temperature gauges and connections on request. Figure 210 is manufactured to BS 1780 and has a 100mm diameter dial, 3/8" BSP bottom connection and full size Bourdon tube. Also available straight from stock are figure 219 DN10 Scroll Syphon Kit and figure 215 DN10 Pressure Gauge Cock. Fig. 210 Altitude Gauge Fig. 345 Vapour Pressure Thermometer 204 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk SIZE AVAILABILITY MATRIX Valve Size DN Fig. 500 Fig. 500L 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Fig. 500 FLG Fig. 500SS Fig. 500FN Fig. 500FF Fig. 500AA Fig. 500AS Fig. 500DF Fig. 500T* Fig. 520 Fig. 542 Fig. 542 FLG Fig. 542L Fig. 542L FLG Fig. 800 Fig. 175 Fig. 503 Fig. 568 Fig. 850 Fig. 100 Fig. 55N Fig. 255 Fig. 256A Fig. 256B • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 80 100 • • • • • • • • • • Quality Guarantee Constructed from high performance materials, NABIC products are produced using the latest technology and manufacturing techniques within a quality system to ISO 9001. Inspection of components throughout all stages of manufacture and individual testing of completed products prior to despatch ensures quality and reliability is maintained. Designed to relevant standards the majority of NABIC products are third party certified and UK WFBS listed. Technical Helpline: 01744 458615 www.nabic.co.uk 205 206 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk PLANT ROOM VALVES Plant Room Valves Automatic Air Eliminators and Boiler Vent Valves With a proven track record for high quality, Brownall offers an exclusive range of Automatic Air Eliminators (AAE) covering low, medium and high pressure applications, complemented by the Three-way Vent Valves and Vent Cocks for boilers. Offering efficient performance, the Brownall range removes inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system. Air Eliminators are suitable for use with water, glycol, aviation fuel, diesel and light oils. Installed at the highest point of the fluid carrying system, the trapped air will enter the float chamber of the air eliminator. This reduces the float buoyancy and allows air to escape through the outlet orifice. To complement the AAE, the Univent and Vent Cocks are installed to provide a direct connection from the boiler to the atmosphere. Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi point boiler and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs. Bronze body parts enable the range to operate in high-turbulence aerated hot water, which can be a very corrosive environment. All the above make Brownall the number one choice with professional building services, consulting engineers and specifying authorities. 1. 6. Large float construction to provide maximum re-seating force which reduces the risk of leakage and seals at a minimum of 0.15 bar Resilient PTFE seat / Monel needle design which keeps its shape and form to maintain a leak-tight seat 5. Robust construction and reliable operation for industrial environments 2. Most units are supplied complete with an isolating valve which will easily isolate the AAE to enable rapid in-situ servicing 4. Shell components manufactured from material resistant to stress corrosion cracking and fungal growth 3. A range of connections including BSP screwed and flanged Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.brownall.co.uk 207 PLANT ROOM VALVES Automatic Air Eliminators TyPE PART NO. DETAILS Type A AE-A Vertical Inlet. Available Special Order Type B AE-B Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Type C AE-C Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve & Check Valve Type D AE-D Side Inlet Available Special Order Type MPHW AE-MPHW-015 Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Type HPHW AE-HPHW-F BST'F' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Type HPHW AE-HPHW-H BST'H' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Type HPHW AE-HPHW-16 PN16 Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Type HPHW AE-HPHW-150 Class 150 vertical inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Standard Pressure Applications - Type A, B, C and D A Type A B C Weight kg A B C 102 102 108 43 43 43 35 35 35 1.25 1.28 1.28 Technical Data Connections Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004 – Rp 1/2 (Female) Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 – G 3/8 (Male) Pressure Rating Up to 10 bar (150 Ibf/in2) Non-Shock Temp Rating Up to 93°C (200°F) Recommended Min. Working Pressure 0.15bar (5ft effective head) C B Materials of Construction 208 Body and Dome Bronze (Gunmetal) Spindle and Seating Stainless Steel Valve PTFE Needle Float Stainless Steel Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.brownall.co.uk PLANT ROOM VALVES Medium Pressure Hot Water Applications - MPHW High Pressure Hot Water Applications - HPHW A A B B C Type A B C Weight kg Type A B Weight kg MPHW 108 43 41 2.4 BST ‘F’ BST ‘H’ PN16 Class 150 152 152 152 152 83 83 83 83 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85 Technical Data Connections Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004 – Rp 1/2 (Female) Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 – G 3/8 (Male) Pressure Rating Up to 7 bar (100 Ibf/in2) Temp Rating Up to 149°C (300°F) Recommended Min. Working Pressure 0.15bar (5ft effective head) Materials of Construction Technical Data Connections: Pressure Rating Temp Rating Recommended Min. Working Pressure Inlet: BS 10:2009 Table F or H 1/2 (Flanged) Can be supplied drilled to PN16 or Ansi Class 150 Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 – G 3/8 (Male) HPHW/F 10.5 bar (150 ibf/in2) HPHW/H 17 bar (250 ibf/in2) HPHW/F 182°C (360°F) HPHW/H 204°C (400°F) 0.15bar (5ft effective head) Body and Dome Bronze (Gunmetal) Spindle and Seating Stainless Steel Valve Monel Materials of Construction Float Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed Body and Dome Bronze (Gunmetal) Spindle and Seating Stainless Steel Valve Monel Float Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed Service Kits (Float Assembly) Types A, B (AE-SP-ABD) & C (AE-SP-C) Types B and C Automatic Air Eliminators are manufactured with in-built isolating valves which, when closed, allow the dome to be removed and the float assembly replaced, allowing rapid in-situ servicing. Type A and D require an additional isolating valve on the inlet, to isolate it from the system prior to removing the float assembly. AE-SP-BC isolator kit available for types B & C air eliminators. AE-SP-MPHW Service kit is available for types MHPW and HPHW air eliminators. Service kits comprise of a float assembly (inc. needle and spindle), seat, washer and retaining screws. Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.brownall.co.uk 209 PLANT ROOM VALVES Fig. 1688 Three-way Univent Figure 1688, Three-way Univent is designed for use on vented hot water systems to ensure that there is always a direct connection from the boiler/ calorifier to the atmosphere. Made from body materials resistant to stress corrosion cracking, it can be used for single or multi-boiler installations. In-line servicing, using Univent replacement cartridges, allows valve maintenance to be carried out without disturbing the pipework. The Univent can be opened and closed using the integral hand wheel. To close the drain port and open the vent, turn the handwheel clockwise to its full travel. Turn the handwheel anti-clockwise to open the drain and close the vent. D Technical Data C (max) Max pressure: 7 bar Max temperature: 93˚C Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 – Rp (Female) B Materials: Body: Bronze (Gunmetal) A Head: Bronze (Gunmetal) Trim: Brass Spindle: Brass bar Renewable Seat: EPDM Nominal Size Product code A B C (max) D Weight kg 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") 65mm (21/2") UV-1688-025D UV-1688-032D UV-1688-040D UV-1688-050D UV-1688-065D 96 118 144 160 190 47 63 74 79 115 200 237 269 283 395 89 102 127 152 200 1.83 2.93 4.39 6.10 14.25 Univent Replacement Cartridge (Fig. 1688 only) Replacement cartridges for the Three-way Univent valve allow rapid in-situ servicing. 210 Size Product code 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") 65mm (21/2") UV-SP-1688-025 UV-SP-1688-032 UV-SP-1688-040 UV-SP-1688-050 UV-SP-1688-065 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.brownall.co.uk PLANT ROOM VALVES Fig. 1988 Three-way Vent Cocks Figure 1988 is resistant to stress corrosion cracking and used on single, multi-boiler or calorifier installations. Fitting a Three-way Vent Cock ensures a constant connection from the boiler or calorifier to the atmosphere. Levers are available as an optional extra. E Technical Data Max pressure: 7 bar Max temperature: 93˚C Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 – Rp (Female) C Materials Body: Bronze (Gunmetal) B Plug: Bronze (Gunmetal) Gland: Bronze (Gunmetal) Normal size 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") Product code VCN-LA-025 VCN-LA-032 VCN-LC-040 VCN-LC-050 A D Valve Levers A B C D E 90 122 143 165 43 48 57 66 132 155 177 204 45 56 68 80 18 20 25 36 Size Product code 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") VC-LA-025 VC-LA-032 VC-LC-040 VC-LC-050 Typical Multi-Boiler System incorporating Brownall Univents/Vent Cocks Fig. 1688/1988 The use of screw-down valves for multi-boiler hot water installations can allow the use of a single vent pipe to serve any number of boilers. No boiler in the system can be left in an unvented condition irrespective of the selected settings of the valves. At all times the vent valve ensures a full bore exit from the boiler to atmosphere. In operation, clockwise turning of the handwheel closes the drain and opens the vent. Anti-clockwise ISOLATOR VALVE BOILER rotation of the handwheel opens the drain and closes the vent. Note: The diagram shown is schematic and is not intended as a guide to the installation of the vent valves. It is essential that vent valves are fitted in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and comply with Health and Safety regulations etc. AUTO AIR VENT UNIVENT VALVE UNIVENT VALVE UNIVENT VALVE DRAIN DRAIN DRAIN BOILER BOILER EXPANSION VESSEL PRESSURISATION UNIT MCW Please note: Three-way Univents and Three-way Vent Cocks are interchangeable. Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.brownall.co.uk 211 The Sage, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear Specification: Hattersley Commissioning Valves 212 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com FLANGE TABLES Flange Tables This information is extracted from the following European, British and American standards: • BS EN 1092 Circular flanges for pipes, valves, fittings and accessories, PN designated Part 1 Steel flanges. • Part 2 Cast iron flanges. • BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves, and fittings metric series (for copper alloy flanges only). • ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings. • ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings. • ANSI B16.24 Bronze flanges and flanged fittings BS10 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves and fittings. Notes: 1. Raised joint faces are applicable to BS EN 1092-1, BS EN 1092-2, BS10 ANSI table H steel, and classes 150 to 1500 inclusive. 2. ANSI Class 125 refers to cast iron only. 3. ANSI 600, 900, 1500 flange thickness does not include raised face. 4. Dimensions for flanges to BS EN 1092 are given in millimetres only. Dimensions for ANSI and BS 10 flanges are shown in inches with the metric equivalent (to nearest whole millimetre) in brackets. Nominal Size 15mm (1/2") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt circle diameter No. of bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Dia. of raised face(3) Iron Dia. of raised face(3) Steel Height of raised face(3) Grey Cast Iron M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 11 14 14 14 14 14 38 46 46 46 46 - 40 45 45 45 45 45 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 (1) 14 (1) 14 (1) 16 (1) - 80 95 95 95 95 105 55 65 65 65 65 75 4 4 4 4 4 4 31/2 (89) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 43/4 (121) 43/4 (121) 23/8 (60) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 5/8 - 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 1/16 1/2 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 41/2 (114) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 31/4 (83) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 9/16 - 21/4 (57) - (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 1/2 (14) (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 9/16 (2) (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) - 1/16 1/16 1/2 (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 1/2 (2) Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Alloy Forged Steel 6 (2) 8 (2) 9 (2) - 12 16 16 16 16 20 5/16 7/16 1/2 1/2 (8) (13) - 1/4 (6) (6) 1/4 (6) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) 1/4 Ductile Cast Iron 14 14 14 16 - (11) (13) 9/16 (14) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) - 3/8 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 213 FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 20mm (3/4") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt circle diameter No. of bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Dia. of raised face(3) Iron Dia. of raised face(3) Steel Height of raised face(3) Grey Cast Iron M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 11 14 14 14 14 18 18 48 56 56 56 56 - 50 58 58 58 58 58 58 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 (1) 16 (1) 16 (1) 18 (1) - 90 105 105 105 105 130 130 65 75 75 75 75 90 90 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 37/8 (98) 45/8 (117) 45/8 (117) 51/8 (130) 51/8 (130) 23/4 (70) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 31/2 (89) 31/2 (89) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 5/8 5/8 3/4 (16) (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 (102) 41/2 (114) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 31/4 (83) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 9/16 - 21/4 (57) (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) (14) (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 1/2 9/16 1/16 (2) (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (9) (13) - 17/32 1/2 - (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 1/2 (2) 6 (2) 8 (2) 9 (2) 11/32 - 1/16 Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Alloy Forged Steel 1/4 (6) (6) 1/4 (6) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) 1/4 14 18 18 18 18 22 22 9/16 Ductile Cast Iron 16 16 16 18 - (14) (16) 5/8 (16) 1 (25) 1 (25) - (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) - 5/8 3/8 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 25mm (1") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt circle diameter No. of bolts Dia. of bolts 100 115 115 115 115 140 140 75 85 85 85 85 100 100 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 41/4 (114) 47/8 (124) 47/8 (124) 57/8 (149) 57/8 (149) 31/8 (79) 31/2 (89) 31/2 (89) 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 5/8 5/8 3/4 41/2 (114) 41/2 (114) 41/2 (114) 43/4 (121) 43/4 (121) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 37/16 (87) 37/16 (87) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 1/2 Dia. of holes 11 14 14 14 14 18 18 Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 58 65 65 65 65 - 60 68 68 68 68 68 68 3 3 3 3 3 - (16) (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) - 1/16 (2) (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 7/16 9/16 - 21/2 (64) - - 1/2 (14) (14) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 9/16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Grey Cast Iron 14 (1) 16 (1) 16 (1) 18 (1) - 1/16 1/16 (13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 1/2 (2) (11) - Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Alloy Forged Steel 8 (2) 9 (2) 11 (2) 3/8 (10) (15) - 19/32 5/16 (8) (8) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) 7/16 (11) 5/16 14 18 18 18 18 24 24 7/16 (11) (17) 11/16 (17) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 11/16 (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (14) 3/8 Ductile Cast Iron 16 16 16 18 9/10 (14) - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced 214 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 32mm (11/4") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 14 19 19 19 19 - 14 18 18 18 18 22 22 69 76 76 76 76 - 70 78 78 78 78 78 78 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 (1) 18 (1) 18 (1) 20 (1) - 8 (2) 9 (2) 11 (2) - 14 18 18 18 18 26 26 18 18 18 20 - 45/8 (117) 31/2 (89) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 61/4 (159) 43/8 (111) 61/4 (159) 43/8 (111) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 1/16 (2) - 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) - 13/16 (21) 7/8 (22) - 13/32 (10) 3/4 (19) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 1/2 (13) - - 1/16 (2) 5/8 (16) - 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 5/16 (8) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) 5/16 (8) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 5/8 (16) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - 9/16 (14) 3 (76) 5/16 (8) 9/16 (14) - 5/8 (16) 1/2 (13) 1/16 (2) 7/8 (22) 7/16 (11) 11/16 (17) 90 100 100 100 100 110 110 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts 120 140 140 140 140 155 155 Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) Grey Cast Iron 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 40mm (11/2") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 130 150 150 150 150 170 170 100 110 110 110 110 125 125 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 14 19 19 19 19 - 14 18 18 18 18 22 22 78 84 84 84 84 - 80 88 88 88 88 88 88 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 (1) 18 (1) 18 (1) 20 (1) - 5 (127) 61/8 (156) 61/8 (156) 7 (178) 7 (178) 37/8 (98) 41/2 (114) 41/2 (114) 47/8 (124) 47/8 (124) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) - - 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 1/16 (2) 1 (25) 1 (25) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 9/16 (14) - - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/2 (140) 41/8 (105) 51/2 (140) 41/8 (105) 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 5/8 (16) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - 9/16 (14) 31/4 (83) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (14) - 5/8 (16) 1/2 (13) 1/16 (2) 7/8 (22) 1/2 (13) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 9 (2) 11 (2) 13 (2) - 14 18 18 18 18 28 28 19 19 19 19 - 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 13/16 (21) - 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 215 FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 50mm (2") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24 14 19 19 19 19 - 14 18 18 18 18 22 26 88 99 99 99 99 - 90 102 102 102 102 102 102 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 (1) 20 (1) 20 (1) 22 (1) - 11 (2) 11 (2) 13 (2) - 14 18 18 20 20 26 30 19 19 19 19 - 6 (152) 43/4 (121) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 81/2 (216) 61/2 (165) 81/2 (216) 61/2 (165) 4 8 8 8 8 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 35/8 (92) 35/8 (92) 35/8 (92) 35/8 (92) 35/8 (92) 5/8 (16) - - 1/16 (2) 5/8 (16) 1/16 (2) - 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - 1 - 1 - 1 1/2 (38) - 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 4 4 4 4 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 3/8 (10) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 7/16 (11) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 4 (102) 3/8 (10) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 1 (25) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 110 125 125 125 125 135 145 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts 140 165 165 165 165 180 195 Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron (25) 1/2 (38) - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 65mm (21/2") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 64 PN 100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron 160 185 185 185 185 205 220 130 145 145 145 145 160 170 4 4 (2) 4 (2) 8 8 8 8 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24 14 19 19 19 19 - 14 18 18 18 18 22 26 108 118 118 118 118 - 110 122 122 122 122 122 122 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - 16 (1) 20 (1) 20 (1) 24 (1) - 7 (178) 71/2 (191) 71/2 (191) 95/8 (244) 95/8 (244) 51/2 (140) 57/8 (149) 57/8 (149) 71/2 (191) 71/2 (191) 4 8 8 8 8 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 1/16 (2) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 4 4 4 8 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 41/2 (114) - 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 13 13 14 - 14 18 18 22 22 26 34 19 19 19 19 - 11/16 (17) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) - 13/16 (21) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 15/8 (41) 15/8 (41) - - 11/16 (17) 7/16 (11) - 11/16 (17) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) 3/4 (19) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 1/16 (2) 1 (25) 9/16 (14) 3/4 (19) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) - - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Steel flanges in this DN and PN may be supplied with 8 holes. For compliance with these, equivalent cast iron flanges may be supplied with 8 holes as special order and after agreement between manufacturer and customer (3) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (4) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced 216 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 80mm (3") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24 19 19 19 19 19 - 18 18 18 18 18 22 26 124 132 132 132 132 - 128 138 138 138 138 138 138 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 18 (1) 22 (1) 22 (1) 26 (1) - 71/2 (191) 6 (152) 81/4 (210) 65/8 (168) 81/4 (210) 65/8 (168) 91/2 (241) 71/2 (192) 101/2 (267) 8 (203) 4 8 8 8 8 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 1/16 (2) 71/4 (184) 71/4 (184) 71/4 (184) 8 (203) 8 (203) 4 4 4 8 8 - 5 (127) - 190 200 200 200 200 215 230 Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 150 160 160 160 160 170 180 53/4 (146) 53/4 (146) 53/4 (146) 61/2 (165) 61/2 (165) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 13 (2) 14 (2) 16 (2) - 16 20 20 24 24 28 36 19 19 19 19 - 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) - 29/32 (23) 3/4 (19) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 17/8 (48) - - 11/16 (17) 1/2 (13) - 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 3/4 (19) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) 1/16 (2) 11/8 (29) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) - 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 100mm (4") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 210 220 220 235 235 250 265 170 180 180 190 190 200 210 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M24 M27 19 19 19 23 23 - 18 18 18 22 22 26 30 144 156 156 156 156 - 148 158 158 162 162 162 162 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 18 (1) 24 (1) 24 (1) 28 (1) - 16 (2) 17 (2) 19 (2) - 16 20 20 24 24 30 40 19 19 19 19 - 9 (229) 10 (254) 103/4 (273) 111/2 (292) 121/4 (311) 71/2 (191) 77/8 (200) 81/2 (216) 91/4 (235) 91/2 (241) 8 8 8 8 8 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 63/16 (157) 63/16 (157) 63/16 (157) 63/16 (157) 63/16 (157) - 15/16 (24) 11/16 (17) 15/16 (24) - - 1/16 (2) 7/8 (22) - 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 13/4 (44) 21/8 (54) - 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 9 (229) 71/2 (191) 9 (229) 71/2 (191) 4 4 8 8 8 - 6 (152) - - 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) - 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 1/16 (2) 11/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) - - (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 217 FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 125mm (5") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 240 250 250 270 270 295 315 200 210 210 220 220 240 250 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 M16 M16 M16 M24 M24 M27 M30 19 19 19 28 28 - 18 18 18 26 26 30 33 174 184 184 184 184 - 178 188 188 188 188 188 188 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20 (1) 26 (1) 26 (1) 30 (1) - - 18 22 22 26 26 34 40 19 19 19 23.5 - 10 (254) 11 (279) 13 (330) 133/4 (349) 143/4 (375) 81/2 (216) 91/4 (235) 101/2 (267) 11 (279) 111/2 (292) 8 8 8 8 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 75/16 (186) 75/16 (186) 75/16 (186) 75/16 (186) 75/16 (186) - 5/16 (24) - - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 1/16 (2) - 3/4 (19) 11/8 (29) - 5/16 (24) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44) 2 (51) 27/8 (73) - 10 (254) 10 (254) 10 (254) 11 (279) 11 (279) 81/4 (210) 81/4 (210) 81/4 (210) 91/4 (235) 91/4 (235) 4 8 8 8 8 - 7 (178) - - - 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 11/16 (17) - 13/16 (21) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 7/8 (22) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 150mm (6") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 265 285 285 300 300 345 355 225 240 240 250 250 280 290 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 M16 M20 M20 M24 M24 M30 M30 19 23 23 28 28 - 18 22 22 26 26 33 33 199 211 211 211 211 - 202 212 212 218 218 218 218 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20 (1) 26 (1) 26 (1) 34 (1) - - 18 22 22 28 28 36 44 19 19 20 26 - 11 (279) 121/2 (318) 14 (356) 15 (381) 151/2 (394) 91/2 (241) 105/8 (270) 111/2 (292) 121/2 (318) 121/2 (318) 8 12 12 12 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 81/2 (216) 81/2 (216) 81/2 (216) 81/2 (216) 81/2 (216) - 1 (25) - 13/16 (21) - - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 17/16 (37) 17/8 (48) 23/16 (56) 31/4 (83) - - 81/4 (210) - - 13/16 (21) 11/16 (17) - 13/16 (21) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) - 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 4 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12 12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) 13/16 (30) - 1 (25) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced 218 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 200mm (8") BS EN 1092 PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 320 340 340 360 375 415 430 280 295 295 310 320 345 360 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 M16 M20 M20 M24 M27 M33 M33 19 23 23 28 31 - 18 22 22 26 30 36 36 254 266 266 274 284 - 258 268 268 278 285 285 285 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 131/2 (343) 15 (381) 161/2 (419) 181/2 (470) 19 (438) 113/4 (298) 13 (330) 133/4 (349) 151/2 (394) 151/2 (394) 8 12 12 12 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 13/4 (44) - 105/8 (270) 105/8 (270) 105/8 (270) 105/8 (270) 105/8 (270) - 1/16 (2) 7/8 (22) 131/4 (337) 131/4 (337) 131/4 (337) 141/2 (368) 141/2 (368) 111/2 (292) 8 111/2 (292) 8 111/2 (292) 8 123/4 (324) 12 123/4 (324) 12 - 101/4 (260) - - 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron 22 (1) 26 (1) 30 (1) 34 (1) - Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron - 20 24 24 30 34 42 52 20 20 22 30 - 11/8 (29) 15/16 (24) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 23/16 (56) 21/2 (64) 35/8 (92) - 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/2 (38) 11/4 (32) 3/4 (19) - 1 (25) 11/4 (32) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 250mm (10") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Grey Cast Iron Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 375 395 (2) 405 (2) 425 450 470 505 335 350 355 370 385 400 430 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 19 23 28 31 34 - 18 22 26 30 33 36 39 309 319 319 330 345 - 312 320 320 335 345 345 345 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 24 (1) 28 (1) 32 (1) - - 22 26 26 32 38 46 60 22 22 24.5 34.5 - 16 (406) 171/2 (445) 20 (508) 211/2 (546) 23 (584) 141/4 (362) 151/4 (387) 17 (432) 181/2 (470) 19 (483) 12 16 16 16 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) - 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 2 (51) - 123/4 (324) 123/4 (324) 123/4 (324) 123/4 (324) 123/4 (324) - 1/16 (2) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 17/8 (41) 13/16 (30) - 1 (25) - 13/16 (30) 17/8 (41) 21/2 (64) 23/4 (70) 41/4 (108) - 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 17 (432) 17 (432) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 15 (381) 15 (381) 8 8 12 12 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 121/4 (311) - - - 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) 15/16 (24) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 15/8 (41) 13/8 (35) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameters shall be: for PN10, D = 400mm, for PN16, D = 400mm (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 219 FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 300mm (12") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 440 445 (2) 460 (2) 485 515 530 585 395 400 410 430 450 460 500 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 M20 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M39 23 23 28 31 34 - 22 22 26 30 33 36 42 363 370 370 389 409 - 365 370 378 395 410 410 410 4 4 4 4 4 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 19 (483) 201/2 (521) 22 (559) 24 (610) 261/2 (673) 17 (432) 173/4 (451) 191/4 (489) 21 (533) 221/2 (571) 12 16 20 20 16 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 2 (51) 1 (25) - 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 21/8 (54) - 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) - 1/16 (2) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 191/4 (489) 191/4 (489) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 171/4 (438) 171/4 (438) 8 12 12 16 16 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 141/4 (362) - - 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron 24 (1) 28 (1) 32 (1) 40 (1) - Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron - 22 26 28 34 42 52 68 24.5 24.5 27.5 39.5 - 11/4 (32) 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) 2 (51) 25/8 (67) 31/8 (80) 47/8 (124) - 15/16 (24) - 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 13/4 (44) 11/2 (38) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/2 (38) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameter shall be: for PN10, D = 455mm; for PN16, D = 455 mm (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 350mm (14") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel M20 M20 M24 M30 M33 M36 M45 23 23 28 34 37 - 22 22 26 33 36 39 48 413 429 429 448 465 - 415 430 438 450 465 465 465 4 4 4 4 4 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 26 (1) 30 (1) 36 (1) 44 (1) - - 22 26 30 38 46 56 74 24.5 26.5 30 44 - 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 23/8 (60) - 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) - 1/16 (2) 13/8 (35) - - 13/8 (35) 21/8 (54) 23/4 (70) 3/8 (86) 51/4 (133) - 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 161/2 (419) - - 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 15/8 (41) - 490 505 520 555 580 600 655 445 460 470 490 510 525 560 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 21 (533) 23 (584) 233/4 (603) 251/4 (641) 291/2 (749) 183/4 (476) 201/4 (514) 203/4 (527) 22 (559) 25 (635) 12 20 20 20 16 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 21/4 (57) - 203/4 (527) 203/4 (527) 203/4 (527) 213/4 (552) 213/4 (552) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 191/2 (495) 191/2 (495) 8 12 12 16 16 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) 11/4 (32) 17/8 (48) 15/8 (41) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced 220 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 400mm (16") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel M20 M24 M27 M33 M36 M39 M45 23 28 31 37 41 - 22 26 30 36 39 42 48 463 480 480 503 535 - 465 482 490 505 535 535 535 4 4 4 4 4 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 28 (1) 32 (1) 38 (1) 48 (1) - - 22 26 32 40 50 60 78 24.5 28 32 48 - 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 13/4 (44) 25/8 (67) - 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) - 1/16 (2) 17/16 (37) - - 17/16 (37) 21/4 (57) 3 (76) 31/2 (89) 53/4 (146) - 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 19 (483) - - 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/4 (44) - 540 565 580 620 660 670 715 495 515 525 550 585 585 620 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 231/2 (597) 251/2 (648) 27 (686) 273/4 (705) 321/2 (826) 211/4 (540) 221/2 (572) 233/4 (603) 241/4 (616) 273/4 (705) 16 20 20 20 16 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/2 (64) - 223/4 (578) 223/4 (578) 223/4 (578) 24 (610) 24 (610) 201/2 (521) 201/2 (521) 201/2 (521) 213/4 (552) 213/4 (552) 12 12 12 20 20 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron 11/16 (27) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) 11/4 (32) 2 (51) 13/4 (44) (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 450mm (18") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel M20 M24 M27 M33 M36 - 23 28 31 37 41 - 22 26 30 36 39 - 518 530 548 548 560 - 520 532 550 555 560 - 4 4 4 4 4 - 2 2 2 2 2 - 28 (1) 32 (1) 40 (1) 50 (1) - - 22 28 40 46 57 - 25.5 30 34.5 49 - 19/16 (40) - - 19/16 (40) 23/8 (60) 31/4 (83) 4 (102) 63/8 (162) - 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 21/8 (54) 11/16 (27) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 17/8 (48) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 17/8 (48) - 595 615 640 670 685 - 550 565 585 600 610 - 16 20 20 20 20 - 25 (635) 28 (711) 291/4 (743) 31 (787) 36 (914) 223/4 (578) 243/4 (629) 253/4 (654) 27 (686) 301/2 (775) 16 24 20 20 16 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 15/8 (41) 17/8 (48) 23/4 (70) - 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44) 2 (51) 27/8 (73) - 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) - 1/16 (2) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 261/2 (673) 261/2 (673) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 24 (610) 24 (610) 12 12 16 20 20 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - 21 (533) - - 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 221 FLANGE TABLES Nominal Size 500mm (20") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel M20 M24 M30 M33 M39 M45 M52 23 28 34 37 44 - 22 26 33 36 42 48 56 568 582 609 609 615 - 570 585 610 615 615 615 615 4 4 4 4 4 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 30 (1) 34 (1) 42 (1) 52 (1) - - 24 (2) 28 (2) 44 (2) 48 (2) 57 (2) 68 (2) 94 (2) 26.5 31.5 36.5 52 - 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44) 21/8 (54) 31/8 (79) - 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) - 1/16 (2) 111/16 (43) - - 111/16 (43) 21/2 (64) 31/2 (89) 41/4 (108) 7 (178) - 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - 231/2 (597) - - 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/4 (57) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 2 (51) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 2 (51) - 645 670 715 730 755 800 870 600 620 650 660 670 705 760 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 271/2 (699) 301/2 (775) 32 (813) 333/4 (857) 383/4 (984) 25 (635) 27 (686) 281/2 (724) 291/2 (749) 323/4 (832) 20 24 24 20 16 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 15/8 (41) 2 (51) 3 (76) - 273/4 (705) 273/4 (705) 273/4 (705) 29 (737) 29 (737) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 261/2 (673) 261/2 (673) 12 16 16 24 24 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced Nominal Size 600mm (24") BS EN 1092 PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H Dia. of flange 755 780 840 845 890 930 Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 705 725 770 770 795 820 20 20 20 20 20 20 Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel Dia. of holes Iron Dia. of holes Steel M24 M27 M33 M36 M45 M52 28 31 37 41 50 - 26 30 36 39 48 56 667 682 720 720 735 - 670 685 725 720 735 735 5 5 5 5 5 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 30 (1) 36 (1) 48 (1) - - 30 34 54 58 72 76 30 36 42 58 - 17/8 (48) - - 17/8 (48) 23/4 (70) 4 (102) 51/2 (140) 8 (203) - 13/16 (30) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 13/4 (44) 21/2 (64) 13/16 (30) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/4 (57) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/4 (57) - 32 (813) 291/2 (749) 36 (914) 32 (813) 37 (940) 33 (838) 41 (1041) 351/2 (902) 46 (1168) 39 (991) 20 24 24 20 16 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 17/8 (48) 21/2 (64) 31/2 (89) - 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 2 (51) 25/8 (67) 35/8 (92) - 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) - 1/16 (2) 321/2 (826) 321/2 (826) 321/2 (826) 331/2 (851) 331/2 (851) 12 16 16 24 24 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) - 271/2 (699) - - 293/4 (756) 293/4 (756) 293/4 (756) 303/4 (781) 303/4 (781) Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron Dia. of bolts 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/16 (2) Grey Cast Iron (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced 222 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com TYPICAL KV VALUES Typical Kv Values BALL VALVE CHECK VALVE STRAINER ie. Fig. 100 ie. Fig. 47 ie. Fig. 807 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 31 45 63 102 375 420 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 6.61 17.75 29.35 37.82 62.1 114 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 BUTTERFLY VALVE CHECK VALVE STRAINER ie. Fig. 970 ie. Fig. M651 ie. Fig. 810 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 Kv 227 350 696 1186 1832 3638 6194 9570 8163 12083 14169 18512 24208 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 187 496 599 799 1428 2129 2725 3850 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 5.6 8.5 15.1 26.4 31.9 52.5 Kv 94 135 225 327 481 793 1353 1897 GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE COMISSIONING VALVE ie. Fig. 30 ie. Fig. 5 ie. Fig. 1732 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 14 32 57 90 129 230 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 3.05 5.71 10 14.22 18.79 34.23 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 1.87 3.14 5.59 10.8 18.1 29.1 GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE COMISSIONING VALVE ie. Fig. M541 ie. Fig. 731 ie. Fig. M733 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 360 519 923 1443 2077 3693 5771 8310 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 71 109 168 264 380 676 1065 1515 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 69.4 101 175.8 274.9 387.6 717.7 1108 1593 223 Project: Sir Charles Parsons School, Newcastle Client: Newcastle City Council Civil Engineer: Sir Robert McAlpine HVAC Contractor: Integral Distributor: BSS (Newcastle) Ltd. Specification: A range of Hattersley isolating and commissioning valves A wide range of Hattersley valves, including Fig. 1732 commissioning valves, have been installed in Charles Parsons School, Walker. The secondary school was regenerated as part of the Government’s Building Schools for the Future (BSF) programme and was one of 16 schools being redeveloped in the Newcastle-Upon-Tyne area. Valves were installed in the new purposebuilt accommodation to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning throughout the building. Sir Charles Parsons School is a large school for students with special educational needs and so along with classrooms, the building also houses sensory rooms and state-of-the-art swimming and therapy pools. The Hattersley valves are preferred because of their weight and space saving. The Hattersley technical team and regional manager liaised closely with contractors and specifiers to ensure this project ran smoothly. 224 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 225 QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Assurance WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre The WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre is responsible for the Water Regulations Advisory Scheme, with testing and approval of water fittings meeting the requirements of the United Kingdom Water Regulations/Bylaws (Scotland). Valves for use in public water supply systems and domestic situations must not contravene the United Kingdom Water Regulations. Valves which are designated WRAS Approved Product and listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory will not contravene those bylaws. Many Hattersley valves have been tested and certified as being WRAS Approved Products and are listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory. The Kitemark The Kitemark is a registered trademark owned by British Standards Institution and may only be used by manufacturers who are approved licensees and whose products fully comply with the individual product standards. Annual product audits and regular surveillance visits by BSI ensure continuing compliance with specification requirements and confirm acceptable Quality Systems to BS EN ISO 9000. Firm of Assessed Capability BS EN/ISO 9000 is the reference Standard for Quality Systems. CE Mark The symbol shown is the European mark for product certification. 226 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com INTRODUCTION FIGURE NUMBER INDEX About Hattersley Fig. No. Index Fig. Number The origins of Hattersley date to 1897, when 20 year-old Richard Hattersley started a small tool-making business in Halifax. In the early 1900s he relocated to Ormskirk, and in 1910 he joined with three other engineering companies, including Newman Hender & Co. of Woodchester, to form United Brassfounders & Engineers. By 1937 Hattersley & Newman Hender both enjoyed worldwide sales, with Hattersley exporting to some 73 countries. During the second world war, both companies entered war production, making fuses for armaments, brass rods for munitions factories and, of course, special valves for military purposes. In 2004, Crane Limited purchased the Hattersley valve brand and business from Hattersley Newman Hender Limited, a subsidiary of Tomkins plc. 2 Page Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page C4 .....................................148 200R .................................159 M653.................................120 5........................................149 200T..................................160 669....................................130 M1541...............................138 Rigid quality control and inspection at all stages of manufacture ensure that Hattersley products are suitable for their intended application and will give reliable service. Every valve is individually tested in accordance with the relevant product standard. 5N .....................................150 201M.................................158 731....................................154 M1552...............................136 5NLS.................................150 201R .................................159 M733DR.........................34-35 DP1732...............................56 13......................................151 201T..................................160 M737..............................36-37 DP1732L .............................56 Hattersley is an approved manufacturer under various quality schemes, including the British Standard Institution (BSI) Kitemark, and is ISO9001:2008 accredited. In addition, the company has been approved and/or listed by third party organisations including the United Kingdom Water Regulations Advisory Scheme. Quality Assurance Future Today, the Hattersley brand is synonymous with quality, reliability and service to the very highest standards, and has industry experience in many market sectors including heating and ventilation, chemicals, textiles, drugs, waste treatment and power generation. Hattersley can supply a skilfully engineered solution for every application. Flagship products include a full range of commissioning valves suitable for constant and variable flow systems. Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 1432LC ...............................26 17......................................153 201TG...............................160 750......................................23 DP1732M............................56 23......................................152 221T..................................160 775......................................76 1732....................................27 28......................................131 249.............................114/189 761.............................115/190 1732C .................................27 30......................................125 249C ..........................114/189 807....................................177 1732L..................................27 30C ...................................126 C262 ...................................66 810....................................180 1732LC ...............................27 30CLS...............................127 H262 ...................................66 811....................................181 1732M.................................27 30LS .................................125 C264 ...................................67 817....................................176 1732MC ..............................27 C31 ...................................128 H264 ...................................67 850.............................121-122 1807.............................89/178 33......................................129 C266 ...................................62 907....................................177 1807C ..........................90/179 33X....................................124 H266 ...................................62 910....................................180 1832....................................28 33XLS ...............................124 C267 ...................................64 911....................................181 1832L..................................28 35......................................132 H267 ...................................64 950......................................92 1832M.................................28 42......................................110 C268 ...................................63 C950 ...................................93 1900..................................184 47......................................111 H268 ...................................63 950W ..................................95 M2000............................30-31 48......................................112 C269 ...................................65 950G ...................................92 2050....................................20 49......................................113 H269 ...................................65 950WG................................95 2761...........................115/190 70/RT ................................173 C270 ...................................71 951......................................97 M3000.................................32 75/RS................................173 F300....................................54 951G ...................................97 3047..................................117 77......................................185 R300 ...................................54 953......................................38 3150..................................167 78......................................186 305......................................71 953G ...................................38 3180..................................171 81HU.................................145 370....................................144 970......................................94 3250..................................168 100......................................78 371....................................144 970G ...................................94 3280..................................172 100TH .................................79 401M.................................161 970W ..................................96 3300LS .............................169 100C ...................................80 430....................................187 971......................................98 3400LS .............................170 100CEXT.............................80 440....................................188 971G ...................................98 M4000.................................33 100CLS...............................81 501....................................141 973......................................39 4970..................................100 100CTH ..............................81 504....................................142 973G ...................................39 4970G ...............................100 100CYL ...............................83 M511.................................137 980......................................99 4983G .................................40 4990..................................101 100EXT ...............................78 M540.................................140 1000....................................24 100LS .................................79 M541.................................138 1000L..................................25 4990G........................102-107 100MHU .............................87 M544.................................139 1000M.................................25 4993G............................43-46 100YL..................................82 M544E ..............................139 1013..................................116 5953....................................41 107MHU .............................88 M549.................................135 1050....................................18 5953G .................................41 108C ............................84/191 M552.................................136 1051....................................19 5973....................................42 110......................................85 M552E ..............................136 1052....................................18 5973G .................................42 113......................................86 609....................................133 1053....................................19 MultiComm....................69-70 170M.................................157 C618 .................................134 1200DR...............................29 ProComm ......................73-74 171M.................................157 631......................................22 1432....................................26 200L..................................160 M650.................................118 1432C .................................26 200M.................................158 M651.................................119 1432L..................................26 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com 227 IS SUE 2 WATER HEATING VENTILATION Distributor details AIR CON GAS FUTURE VALVE TE CHNOLOGY TEC HN IC AL PROD UC T GU IDE Techn ical P roduct G uide Balancing Valves New Now includes Hook-Up II Traditional Valves Public Health Range PO BOX 719, IPSWICH IP1 9DU HOME SALES: +44 (0)1744 458670 EXPORT SALES: +44 (0)1744 458671 TECHNICAL HELPLINE: 0845 604 1790 FAX: +44 (0)1744 26912 EMAIL: uksales@hattersley.com EMAIL: export@hattersley.com EMAIL: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com Visit www.flowoffluids.com to order your copy of the New Technical Paper 410. • Designed and manufactured under quality management systems in accordance with BS EN 9001:2008. • For full terms and conditions, please visit our website. • We hope our communications have an impact on you - but not the environment - we have taken steps to ensure this brochure is printed on Forestry Stewardship Council material and the paper is made by an elemental chlorine free process. www.cranebsu.com IVMMXI Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. ISSU E 2 www.hattersley.com www.flowoffluids.com FM311 ISO 9001
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Create Date : 2011:04:07 12:11:06Z Creator : QuarkXPress(R) 8.5 Modify Date : 2011:04:07 12:43:32+01:00 X Press Private : %%DocumentProcessColors: Cyan Magenta Yellow Black.%%EndComments Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Creator Tool : QuarkXPress(R) 8.5 Metadata Date : 2011:04:07 12:43:32+01:00 Producer : QuarkXPress(R) 8.5 Format : application/pdf Title : Layout 1 Document ID : uuid:694347f1-fb84-844d-9c7e-a654415e8ec9 Instance ID : uuid:401f3d7a-e8d0-824f-ab25-230fef18d43f Page Count : 228EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools